LEAR CORP /DE/
10-Q, 1999-05-18
PUBLIC BLDG & RELATED FURNITURE
Previous: GREKA ENERGY CORP, S-3, 1999-05-18
Next: UAM FUNDS INC, 497, 1999-05-18



<PAGE>   1
                                  UNITED STATES
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM 10-Q

(Mark One)
 [X]               QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D)
                      OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

  For the quarterly period ended APRIL 3, 1999

                                       OR

 [_]               TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D)
                      OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

  For the transition period from                      to                      
                                 --------------------   ----------------------

  COMMISSION FILE NUMBER:  1-11311
                          
                                LEAR CORPORATION
             (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)


         DELAWARE                                    13-3386776
(State or other jurisdiction                (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
of incorporation or organization)

  21557 TELEGRAPH ROAD, SOUTHFIELD, MI                  48086-5008
  (Address of principal executive offices)              (zip code)


                                 (248) 447-1500
              (Registrant's telephone number, including area code)

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to the
filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes [X] No


         Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the issuer's
classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date.

         Number of shares of Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share,
outstanding as of April 30, 1999: 66,823,502

<PAGE>   2
                                LEAR CORPORATION

                                    FORM 10-Q

                       FOR THE QUARTER ENDED APRIL 3, 1999

                                      INDEX



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Part I - Financial Information:                                                                       Page No.
- -------------------------------                                                                       --------
<S>                                                                                                    <C>                      
       Item 1 - Consolidated Financial Statements

              Introduction to the Consolidated Financial Statements                                        3

              Consolidated Balance Sheets - April 3, 1999 and
                       December 31, 1998                                                                   4

              Consolidated Statements of Income - Three Month Periods
                       Ended April 3, 1999 and March 28, 1998                                              5

              Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows - Three Month Periods
                       Ended April 3, 1999 and March 28, 1998                                              6

              Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements                                               7

       Item 2 - Management's Discussion and Analysis of                                           
                       Financial Condition and Results of Operations                                      13

       Item 3 - Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
                       (included in Item 2)

Part II - Other Information:
- ----------------------------

        Item 6 - Exhibits and Reports on Form 8-K                                                         17

Signatures                                                                                                18
- ----------

</TABLE>

                                       2
<PAGE>   3


                                LEAR CORPORATION

PART I - FINANCIAL INFORMATION

ITEM 1 - CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

INTRODUCTION TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

We have prepared the condensed consolidated financial statements of Lear
Corporation and subsidiaries, without audit, pursuant to the rules and
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Certain information and
footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles have been condensed or
omitted pursuant to such rules and regulations. We believe that the disclosures
are adequate to make the information presented not misleading when read in
conjunction with the financial statements and the notes thereto included in our
Annual Report on Form 10-K as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission
for the period ended December 31, 1998.

The financial information presented reflects all adjustments (consisting only of
normal recurring adjustments) which are, in our opinion, necessary for a fair
presentation of the results of operations and statements of financial position
for the interim periods presented. These results are not necessarily indicative
of a full year's results of operations.


                                       3
<PAGE>   4
                        LEAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                        (IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
================================================================================================================
                                                                                April 3,            December 31,
                                                                                    1999                    1998
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                             (Unaudited)
<S>                                                                          <C>                     <C>        
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
Cash and cash equivalents                                                    $      24.6             $      30.0
Accounts receivable, net                                                         1,482.3                 1,373.9
Inventories                                                                        321.3                   349.6
Recoverable customer engineering and tooling                                       239.1                   221.4
Other                                                                              243.4                   223.1
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total current assets                                                             2,310.7                 2,198.0
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

LONG-TERM ASSETS:
Property, plant and equipment, net                                               1,183.2                 1,182.3
Goodwill, net                                                                    1,990.9                 2,019.8
Other                                                                              298.9                   277.2
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total long-term assets                                                           3,473.0                 3,479.3
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                             $   5,783.7             $   5,677.3
================================================================================================================

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Short-term borrowings                                                        $      80.3             $      82.7
Accounts payable and drafts                                                      1,728.5                 1,600.8
Accrued liabilities                                                                811.4                   797.5
Current portion of long-term debt                                                   14.7                    16.5
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total current liabilities                                                        2,634.9                 2,497.5
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

LONG-TERM LIABILITIES:
Deferred national income taxes                                                      42.9                    39.0
Long-term debt                                                                   1,411.6                 1,463.4
Other                                                                              397.1                   377.4
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total long-term liabilities                                                      1,851.6                 1,879.8
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
Common stock, $.01 par value, 150,000,000 authorized;
   67,247,442 issued at April 3, 1999 and
   67,194,314 issued at December 31, 1998                                             .7                      .7
Additional paid-in capital                                                         860.0                   859.3
Note receivable from sale of common stock                                            (.1)                    (.1)
Less - Common stock held in treasury, 510,230 shares at cost                       (18.3)                  (18.3)
Retained earnings                                                                  555.0                   504.7
Accumulated other comprehensive income                                            (100.1)                  (46.3)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total stockholders' equity                                                       1,297.2                 1,300.0
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                             $   5,783.7             $   5,677.3
================================================================================================================

</TABLE>





      The accompanying notes are an integral part of these balance sheets.

                                       4

<PAGE>   5
                        LEAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                        CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
                 (UNAUDITED, IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
==========================================================================================================
                                                                               Three Months Ended
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        April 3,                 March 28,
                                                                            1999                      1998
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                   (Unaudited)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                  <C>                       <C>        
Net sales                                                            $  2,687.2                $   2,032.1

Cost of sales                                                           2,468.5                    1,831.9

Selling, general and administrative expenses                               84.3                       78.0

Amortization of goodwill                                                   14.0                       11.5
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     Operating income                                                     120.4                      110.7

Interest expense                                                           30.1                       24.7

Other expense, net                                                          7.9                        8.0
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     Income before provision for national income taxes                     82.4                       78.0

Provision for national income taxes                                        32.1                       30.7
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     Net income                                                      $     50.3                $      47.3
==========================================================================================================


     Basic net income per share                                      $      .75                $       .71
==========================================================================================================

     Diluted net income per share                                    $      .75                $       .69
==========================================================================================================

</TABLE>



        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

                                       5
<PAGE>   6

                        LEAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                            (UNAUDITED, IN MILLIONS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
==========================================================================================================
                                                                               Three Months Ended
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        April 3,                 March 28,
                                                                            1999                      1998
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                   (Unaudited)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                  <C>                       <C>        
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income                                                           $     50.3                $      47.3
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net
cash provided by operating activities:
   Depreciation and amortization                                           62.3                       54.9
   Other, net                                                             (16.2)                     (22.8)
   Change in working capital items                                         47.3                     (167.6)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities                  143.7                      (88.2)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Additions to property, plant and equipment                                (71.6)                     (48.2)
Acquisitions                                                              (59.0)                       -
Other, net                                                                  -                           .5
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Net cash used in investing activities                               (130.6)                     (47.7)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Change in long-term debt, net                                             (33.8)                     149.9
Short-term borrowings, net                                                  (.4)                      (7.2)
Other, net                                                                   .7                        2.6
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities                  (33.5)                     145.3
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Effect of foreign currency translation                                     15.0                       (4.0)

NET CHANGE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS                                    (5.4)                       5.4

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD                           30.0                       12.9
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD                           $     24.6                $      18.3
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

CHANGES IN WORKING CAPITAL:
Accounts receivable                                                  $   (134.9)               $    (205.6)
Inventories                                                                27.2                      (16.0)
Accounts payable                                                          176.4                       45.3
Accrued liabilities and other                                             (21.4)                       8.7
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                     $     47.3                $    (167.6)
==========================================================================================================

SUPPLEMENTARY DISCLOSURE:
Cash paid for interest                                               $     34.4                $      29.6
==========================================================================================================
Cash paid for income taxes                                           $     16.0                $      26.0
==========================================================================================================
</TABLE>

        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

                                       6

<PAGE>   7


                        LEAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


(1) BASIS OF PRESENTATION

      The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Lear
Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and its wholly-owned and majority-owned
subsidiaries. Investments in less than majority-owned businesses are generally
accounted for under the equity method. Certain items in prior year's quarterly
financial statements have been reclassified to conform with the presentation
used in the quarter ended April 3, 1999.

(2) 1999 ACQUISITIONS

Peregrine

      On April 1, 1999, the Company acquired certain assets of Peregrine
Windsor, Inc. ("Peregrine"), a division of Peregrine Incorporated. Peregrine
produces just-in-time seat assemblies and door panels for several General Motors
models.

Polovat / Ovatex

      In February 1999, the Company acquired Polovat and the automotive business
of Ovatex. Polovat and Ovatex automotive supply flooring and acoustic products
for the automotive market. The acquired operations have three plants in Poland
and two in Italy and employ more than 600 people.

(3) 1998 ACQUISITION

Delphi Seating

      In September 1998, the Company purchased the seating business of Delphi
Automotive Systems, a division of General Motors Corporation ("Delphi Seating"),
for approximately $250 million. Delphi Seating was a leading supplier of seat
systems to General Motors with 16 locations in 10 countries.

      The Delphi Seating acquisition was accounted for as a purchase, and
accordingly, the assets purchased and liabilities assumed in the acquisition
have been reflected in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the
operating results of Delphi Seating have been included in the consolidated
financial statements since the date of acquisition.



                                       7

<PAGE>   8

                        LEAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
          NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)


      The following pro forma financial data is presented to illustrate the
estimated effects of the Delphi Seating acquisition, as if the transaction had
occurred as of January 1, 1998.
(Unaudited; in millions, except per share data):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
========================================================================================
                                                                      Three Months Ended

                                                                          March 28, 1998
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                          <C>        
Net sales                                                                    $   2,255.9
Net income                                                                          43.0
Diluted income per share                                                             .63
========================================================================================
</TABLE>

      The pro forma information above does not purport to be indicative of the
results that actually would have been achieved if the operations were combined
during the periods presented, and is not intended to be a projection of future
results or trends.

(4)   RESTRUCTURING AND OTHER CHARGES

      In the fourth quarter of 1998, the Company began to implement a
restructuring plan designed to lower its cost structure and improve the
long-term competitive position of the Company.  As a result of this
restructuring plan, the Company recorded pre-tax charges of $133.0 million,
consisting of $110.5 million of restructuring charges and $22.5 million of
other charges.  Included in this total are the costs to consolidate the
Company's European operations of $78.9 million, charges resulting from the
consolidation of certain manufacturing and administrative operations in North
and South America of $31.6 million, other asset impairment charges of $15.0
million and contract termination fees and other of $7.5 million.

      The restructuring plan is progressing as scheduled, and there have been
no significant changes to the original restructuring plan.  The following table
summarizes the restructuring and other charges (in millions):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                              Original            Utilized          Balance
                              Accrual        Cash     Noncash       April 3
                                                                     1999
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                           <C>          <C>        <C>            <C>
European Operations
  Consolidation               $  78.9       $ 3.4     $11.9          $63.6
North and South
  America Operations     
  Consolidation                  31.6        15.9       6.5            9.2
Write-Down of   
  Long-Lived Assets              15.0          --      15.0             --
Contract Termination
  and Other                       7.5         7.2        --            0.3  
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                         $ 133.0      $ 26.5     $33.4          $73.1
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(5)   INVENTORIES

      Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined
principally using the first-in, first-out method. Finished goods and
work-in-process inventories include material, labor and manufacturing overhead
costs. Inventories are comprised of the following (in millions):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
=================================================================================================
                                                               April 3,              December 31,
                                                                   1999                      1998
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                           <C>                       <C>      
Raw materials                                                 $   230.9                 $   253.9
Work-in-process                                                    25.0                      23.8
Finished goods                                                     65.4                      71.9
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Inventories                                                   $   321.3                 $   349.6
=================================================================================================
</TABLE>

(6)   PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

      Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost. Depreciable property is
depreciated over the estimated useful lives of the assets, using principally the
straight-line method. A summary of property, plant and equipment is shown below
(in millions):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
=================================================================================================
                                                               April 3,              December 31,
                                                                   1999                      1998
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                         <C>                       <C>        
Land                                                        $      75.0               $      70.6
Buildings and improvements                                        408.1                     429.6
Machinery and equipment                                         1,303.7                   1,197.8
Construction in progress                                            9.5                      78.4
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total property, plant and equipment                             1,796.3                   1,776.4
Less - accumulated depreciation                                  (613.1)                   (594.1)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net property, plant and equipment                           $   1,183.2               $   1,182.3
==================================================================================================
</TABLE>


                                       8


<PAGE>   9

                        LEAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
          NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

(7)  LONG-TERM DEBT

      Long-term debt is comprised of the following (in millions):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
=================================================================================================
                                                               April 3,              December 31,
                                                                   1999                      1998
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                         <C>                       <C>        
Credit agreement                                            $     921.9               $     970.3
Other                                                             168.4                     173.6
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                1,090.3                   1,143.9
Less - Current portion                                             14.7                      16.5
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                1,075.6                   1,127.4
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9 1/2% Subordinated Notes                                         200.0                     200.0
8 1/4% Subordinated Notes                                         136.0                     136.0
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  336.0                     336.0
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Long-term debt                                              $   1,411.6               $   1,463.4
=================================================================================================
</TABLE>

(8) FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

      Certain foreign currency contracts entered into by the Company qualify for
hedge accounting as only firm foreign currency commitments are hedged. Gains and
losses from these contracts are deferred and generally recognized in cost of
sales as of the settlement date. Other foreign currency contracts entered into
by the Company, which do not receive hedge accounting treatment, are marked to
market with unrealized gains or losses recognized in other expense in the income
statement. Interest rate swaps are accounted for by recognizing interest expense
and interest income in the amount of anticipated interest payments.


                                       9
<PAGE>   10

                        LEAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
          NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)


(9) FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

Net Income Per Share

      Basic net income per share is computed using the weighted average common
shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net income per share is computed
using the average share price during the period when calculating the dilutive
effect of stock options. Shares outstanding for the periods presented were as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
=================================================================================================
                                                                       Three Months Ended
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               April 3,                 March 28,
                                                                   1999                      1998
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                          <C>                       <C>       
Weighted average shares outstanding                          66,709,148                66,965,473
Dilutive effect of stock options                                835,038                 1,482,563
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Diluted shares outstanding                                   67,544,186                68,448,036
=================================================================================================
</TABLE>

Comprehensive Income

     Comprehensive income is defined as all changes in a Company's net assets
except changes resulting from transactions with shareholders. It differs from
net income in that certain items currently recorded to equity would be a part of
comprehensive income. Comprehensive income for the periods is as follows (in
millions):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
=================================================================================================
                                                                       Three Months Ended
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               April 3,                 March 28,
                                                                   1999                      1998
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                            <C>                       <C>     
Net income                                                     $   50.3                  $   47.3

Other comprehensive income:
     Foreign currency translation adjustment                      (53.8)                    (11.7)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other comprehensive income                                        (53.8)                    (11.7)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Comprehensive income                                           $   (3.5)                 $   35.6
==================================================================================================
</TABLE>



                                       10

<PAGE>   11

                        LEAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
          NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)



(10) SEGMENT REPORTING

      The Company is organized based on customer-focused and geographic
divisions. Each division reports their results from operations and makes
requests for capital expenditures directly to the chief operating decision
making group. Under this organizational structure, the Company's operating
segments have been aggregated into one reportable segment. This aggregated
segment consists of eight divisions, each with separate management teams. The
Other category includes the corporate office, geographic headquarters,
technology division and elimination of intercompany activities, none of which
meet the requirements of being classified as an operating segment.

      The following table presents revenues and other financial information by
business segment (in millions):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
==========================================================================================================
                                                           Three Months Ended April 3, 1999
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           Automotive
                                            Interiors                      Other              Consolidated
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                       <C>                        <C>                       <C>                        
Revenues                                  $   2,684.8                $      2.4                $   2,687.2
EBITA                                           172.7                     (38.3)                     134.4
Depreciation                                     45.8                       2.5                       48.3
Capital expenditures                             68.9                       2.7                       71.6
Total assets                                  3,981.4                   1,802.3                    5,783.7
==========================================================================================================

==========================================================================================================
                                                           Three Months Ended March 28,1998
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           Automotive
                                            Interiors                      Other              Consolidated
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Revenues                                  $   2,030.0                $      2.1                $   2,032.1
EBITA                                           160.0                     (37.8)                     122.2
Depreciation                                     40.9                       2.5                       43.4
Capital expenditures                             43.3                       4.9                       48.2
Total assets                                  3,170.8                   1,566.0                    4,736.8
==========================================================================================================
</TABLE>

(11) SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Acquisition of UT Automotive

      On May 4, 1999, Lear acquired UT Automotive, Inc., a wholly-owned
operating segment of United Technologies Corporation, for approximately $2.3
billion, subject to certain post-closing adjustments. UT Automotive was a
supplier of electrical, electronic, motor and interior products and systems to
the global automotive industry. Headquartered in Dearborn, Michigan, UT
Automotive has annual sales of approximately $3 billion, 44,000 employees and 90
facilities located in 18 countries.


                                       11
<PAGE>   12
                        LEAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
          NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)


Sale of Electric Motor Systems

      On May 7, 1999, Lear entered into a definitive purchase agreement with
Johnson Electric Holdings Limited to sell the recently acquired Electric Motor
Systems ("EMS") business for $310 million, subject to certain post-closing
adjustments. Lear acquired the EMS business in the acquisition of UT Automotive.
EMS is a supplier of industrial and automotive electric motors and starter
motors for small gasoline engines. EMS had 1998 sales of $351 million and has
approximately 3,300 employees operating at locations in 10 countries.

      Consummation of the sale is contingent upon expiration or termination of
applicable waiting periods provided under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust
Improvements Act, applicable foreign competition act approvals and certain other
customary conditions.



                                       12

<PAGE>   13
ITEM 2 - MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
OF OPERATIONS

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

THREE MONTHS ENDED APRIL 3, 1999 VS. THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 28, 1998.

      Net sales in the quarter ended April 3, 1999 were $2.7 billion, exceeding
net sales in the quarter ended March 28, 1998 by $.7 billion, or 32.2%. Net
sales in the first quarter of 1999 benefited from acquisitions, which
collectively accounted for $.4 billion of the increase, and a combination of new
business and production increases in North America and Europe. Partially
offsetting this increase in sales were unfavorable exchange rate fluctuations in
North America, South America and South Africa and lower sales in our South
American operations.

      Gross profit and gross margin were $219 million and 8.1% in the first
quarter of 1999 as compared to $200 million and 9.9% in the comparable period of
1998. Gross profit in the current quarter reflects the contribution of
acquisitions, new sport utility and truck programs in North America and new seat
programs in Europe. The decline in gross margin in the first quarter of 1999, as
compared to the first quarter of 1998, is due primarily to the dilutive impact
of acquisitions.

      Selling, general and administrative expenses, including research and
development, as a percentage of net sales decreased to 3.1% in the first quarter
of 1999 as compared to 3.8% in the same period of 1998. Expenses as a percentage
of sales benefitted primarily from operating leverage provided by a higher sales
base and restructuring efforts initiated in the fourth quarter of 1998. The
increase in actual expenditures relative to 1998 was due to the inclusion of
operating expenses incurred as a result of acquisitions as well as research,
development and administrative expenses necessary to support established and
potential business opportunities.

      Operating income and operating margin were $120 million and 4.5% in the
first quarter of 1999 as compared to $111 million and 5.4% in the comparable
period of 1998. Operating profit in the current quarter reflects the
contribution of acquisitions, new sport utility and truck programs in North
America and new seat programs in Europe. The decline in operating margin in the
first quarter of 1999, as compared to the first quarter of 1998, is due
primarily to the dilutive impact of acquisitions.

      Interest expense in the first quarter of 1999 increased by $5 million to
$30 million as compared to the same period in 1998. Interest expense resulting
from debt incurred to finance recent acquisitions was partially offset by
reduced interest rates in the United States and Europe.

      Other expenses, which include state and local taxes, foreign currency
exchange, minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries, equity in net income
of affiliates and other non-operating expenses, was essentially unchanged at
approximately $8 million.


                                       13
<PAGE>   14
 

      Net income for the first quarter of 1999 was $50 million, or $.75 per
share, as compared to $47 million, or $.69 per share, in the prior year's first
quarter. The provision for income taxes in the current quarter was $32 million,
or an effective tax rate of 39.0% as compared to $31 million, or an effective
tax rate of 39.4%, in the prior year. Diluted net income per share increased in
the first quarter of 1999 by 8.7%.

                        LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

     Operating activities generated $144 million of cash flow in the first
quarter of 1999 compared to a net use of $88 for the same period in 1998. The
variance was primarily due to timing differences in working capital cash flows.
Working capital was a source of $47 million in 1999 and a use of $168 million in
1998. The difference between years relates primarily to the timing of our fiscal
quarter end, with the 1998 quarter ending prior to significant regularly
scheduled accounts receivable payments.

     Net income increased by 6%, from $47 million to $50 million, as a result of
new business and contributions from acquisitions. In addition, non-cash
depreciation and goodwill amortization charges were $62 million in 1999 and $55
million in 1998, with the increase due to the 1998 acquisitions of Delphi
Seating and Chapman.

     Net cash used in investing activities increased from $48 million in the
first quarter of 1998 to $131 million in 1999. The first quarter 1999
investments in Peregrine, Polovat and Ovatex were $59 million in the aggregate.
Capital expenditures increased from $48 million in the first three months of
1998 to $72 million in the first quarter of 1999 as a result of new programs and
the on-going capital programs at acquired companies. We currently anticipate
approximately $350 million in additional capital expenditures during the
remaining three quarters of 1999, including investments in property, plant and
equipment associated with the second quarter acquisition of UT Automotive.

     As of April 3, 1999, we had $922 million outstanding under our $2.1 billion
senior credit facility and $52 million committed under outstanding letters of
credit, resulting in approximately $1.1 billion unused and available. The senior
credit facility matures on September 30, 2001 and may be used for general
corporate purposes.  In addition to debt outstanding under our senior credit
facility, we had $504 million of long-term debt outstanding as of April
3, 1999, consisting primarily of $336 million of subordinated notes due between
2002 and 2006.

     The purchase price for the UT Automotive acquisition of $2.3 billion
(subject to post-closing adjustments) was financed through borrowings under our
primary credit facilities. In connection with the UT Automotive acquisition, we
amended and restated our $2.1 billion senior credit facility and entered into
new senior credit facilities.  The new senior credit facilities consisted of a
new $500 million revolving credit facility which matures on May 4, 2004, a new
$500 million term loan having scheduled amortization beginning on October 31,
2000 and a final maturity of May 4, 2004 and a new $1.4 billion interim term
loan maturing on May 3, 2000.  On May 18, 1999, we issued $1.4 billion aggregate
principal amount of senior notes, the proceeds of which were used to repay the
interim term loan.  The offering included $800 million in aggregate principal
amount of 10-year notes bearing interest at a rate of 8.11% and $600 million in
aggregate principal amount of six-year notes bearing interest at a rate of
7.96%.  The senior notes have not been registered under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended, and may not be offered or sold in the United States absent
registration under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws or
available exemptions from such registration requirements.  We also expect to use
the anticipated proceeds of $310 million from the proposed sale of EMS to repay
the borrowings under our primary credit facilities.

     Our primary credit facilities are guaranteed by certain of our significant
domestic subsidiaries and secured by the pledge of all or a portion of the
capital stock of certain of our significant subsidiaries.  The senior notes are
guaranteed by the same subsidiaries that guarantee our primary credit
facilities.  The guarantees and stock pledges may be released under certain
circumstances. For more information regarding the terms of our primary credit
facilities, please refer to the agreements relating to such facilities which
were filed as exhibits to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 4, 1999. 

                                       14

<PAGE>   15
     As a result of the additional leverage we incurred in the UT
Automotive acquisition, Standard and Poor's and Moody's Investors Service each
reduced our senior unsecured bank rating one level from BBB-/Baa3 to BB+/Ba1,
respectively. Our subordinated notes were also downgraded from BB+/Ba2 to
BB-/Ba3.

     We believe that cash flows from operations and available credit facilities
will be sufficient to meet our debt service obligations, projected capital
expenditures and working capital requirements.

                                 OTHER MATTERS

ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

     We are subject to local, state, federal and foreign laws, regulations and
ordinances, which govern activities or operations that may have adverse
environmental effects and which impose liability for the costs of cleaning up
certain damages resulting from past spills, disposal or other releases of
hazardous substances.  Our policy is to comply with all applicable
environmental laws and maintain procedures to ensure compliance.  However, we
have been, and in the future may become, the subject of formal or informal
enforcement actions or procedures.  We currently are engaged in the cleanup of
hazardous substances at certain sites owned, leased or operated by us,
including certain properties acquired in the UT Automotive acquisition.
Certain present and former properties of UT Automotive are subject to
environmental liabilities which may be significant.  Lear obtained certain
agreements and indemnities with respect to possible environmental liabilities
from United Technologies Corporation in connection with Lear's acquisition of
UT Automotive.  While we do not believe that the environmental liabilities
associated with present and former UT Automotive properties will have a
material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial
condition, no assurances can be given in this regard.

     We have been identified as a potentially responsible party under the
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980,
as amended ("Superfund"), for the cleanup of contamination from hazardous
substances at five Superfund sites where liability has not been completely
determined and two sites where we have received offers to settle their
responsibility for less than $10,000.

ACCOUNTING POLICIES

      During 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments
and Hedging Activities," effective for fiscal years beginning after June 15,
1999. It requires all derivative instruments to be recorded in the balance sheet
at their fair value. Changes in the fair value of derivative instruments are
required to be recorded each period in current earnings or accumulated other
comprehensive income, depending on whether the derivative instruments are
designated as part of a hedge transaction. We do not expect the effects of the
adoption to be significant.

YEAR 2000

      We are currently working to resolve the potential impact of the year 2000
("Y2K") on the processing of time-sensitive information by our computerized
information systems. Any of our programs that have time-sensitive software may
recognize the year "00" as 1900 rather than the year 2000. This could result in
miscalculations, classification errors or system failures.

State of Readiness

      In 1996, we began a program to assess the impact of the Y2K issue on the
software and hardware used in our operations and have identified various areas
to focus our Y2K compliance efforts. These areas include business computer
systems, manufacturing and warehousing systems, end-user computing, technical
infrastructure and environmental systems, research and development facilities
and supplier and service providers. Our Y2K program phases include assessment
and planning, remediation, testing and implementation.

      For business, manufacturing and end-user systems, we are in the process of
remediation and testing. We are utilizing internal personnel as well as
third-party services to assist in our efforts. At many sites, particularly in
Europe, we are implementing new Y2K compliant systems. We have corrected, or are
in the process of correcting, Y2K issues at many other sites. We are also
reviewing our technical infrastructure, environmental systems, and R&D
facilities on a site-by-site basis, many times with the aid of equipment
manufacturers. Most of the systems used in these areas are new and Y2K
compliant. Others will be replaced as part of our ongoing site 


                                       15
<PAGE>   16

upgrade project. Among our supplier base, we are monitoring the progress of each
of our key suppliers with questionnaires and site reviews, where appropriate,
along with the aid of industry information. We will make a determination of the
appropriate level of dependence among our supplier base.

Y2K Costs

      Based on current estimates, we do not expect costs of addressing the Y2K
issue to have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of
operations or cash flows in future periods. We currently estimate that our
historical and future costs (excluding UT Automotive) will be $10 to $20 million
for Y2K compliance. This includes $5 to $10 million directly attributable to
correcting non-compliant systems and another $5 to $10 million for ongoing
system improvements which will be Y2K compliant. We will have incurred these
costs over the period from mid-1996 through the end of 1999. Although we have
not specifically identified Y2K remediation costs in the past, we estimate
our Y2K remediation expenditures incurred through April 3, 1999 have been
approximately $5 million. In addition, we expect to incur an additional $10 to
$15 million to address UT Automotive's Y2K issues. Y2K projects have not
materially deferred our implementation of other information technology projects.

Y2K Risks

      Our reasonable worst-case scenario with respect to the Y2K issue is the
failure of a key system at one or more of our facilities or at the facilities of
one or more of our key suppliers or customers that causes shipments of our
products to customers to be temporarily interrupted. This could result in our
missing build schedules with our customers, which in turn could lead to lost
sales and profits for us and our customers. We may also be adversely affected by
general economic disruptions caused by the Y2K issue even in circumstances where
our systems and the systems of our suppliers and customers are Y2K compliant. We
cannot assure you that Y2K issues will not have a material adverse effect on our
business, results of operations or financial condition. 

Contingency Plans

      As a part of our Y2K strategy, contingency plans are being developed
site-by-site and any systems requiring remediation will have one or more
contingency plans. All plans will be documented and will be executed
accordingly, if necessary. In addition, we are in the process of performing
supplier site audits.


FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

      This Report contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the
Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Investors are cautioned that
any forward-looking statements, including statements regarding the intent,
belief, or current expectations of the Company or its management, are not
guarantees of future performance and involve risks and uncertainties, and that
actual results may differ materially from those in the forward-looking
statements as a result of various factors including, but not limited to, (i)
general economic conditions in the markets in which the Company operates, (ii)
fluctuations in worldwide or regional automobile and light truck production,
(iii) labor disputes involving the Company or its significant customers, (iv)
changes in practices and/or policies of the Company's significant customers
towards outsourcing automotive components and systems, (v) fluctuations in
currency exchange rates and other risks associated with doing business in
foreign countries, (vi) risks relating to the impact of Y2K issues, and (vii)
other risks detailed from time to time in the Company's Securities and Exchange
Commission filings. The Company does not intend to update these forward-looking
statements.


                                       16
<PAGE>   17
                                LEAR CORPORATION

PART II - OTHER INFORMATION

ITEM 6 - EXHIBITS AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

    (a)      Exhibits.

             10.1    Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of March 16, 1999 by and
                     between Nevada Bond Investment Corp. II and Lear
                     Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to
                     the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 16,
                     1999).

             10.2    Second Amended and Restated Credit and Guarantee 
                     Agreement, dated as of May 4, 1999, among Lear, Lear 
                     Corporation Canada Ltd., the Foreign Subsidiary Borrowers 
                     (as defined therein), the Lenders Party thereto, Bankers 
                     Trust Company and Bank of America National Trust & Savings
                     Association, as Co-Syndication Agents, The Bank of Nova 
                     Scotia, as Documentation Agent and Canadian Administrative
                     Agent, and The Chase Manhattan Bank, as General 
                     Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                     10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated May
                     4, 1999).

             10.3    Interim Term Loan Agreement, dated as of May 4, 1999, among
                     Lear, the Lenders parties thereto, Citicorp USA, Inc. and
                     Credit Suisse First Boston, as Co-Syndication Agents,
                     Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, as Documentation Agent,
                     the other Agents named therein, and The Chase Manhattan
                     Bank, as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference
                     to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K
                     dated May 4, 1999).

             10.4    Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement, dated as of May
                     4, 1999, among Lear, certain of its Foreign Subsidiaries,
                     the Lenders parties thereto, Citicorp USA, Inc. and Morgan
                     Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as Co-Syndication Agents,
                     Toronto Dominion (Texas), Inc., as Documentation Agent, the
                     other Agents named therein, and The Chase Manhattan Bank,
                     as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to
                     Exhibit 10.3 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K
                     dated May 4, 1999).

             10.5    Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 7, 1999, between
                     Lear Corporation and Johnson Electric Holdings Limited
                     (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's
                     Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 7, 1999).

             10.6    Purchase Agreement dated as of May 13, 1999, among Lear
                     Corporation, Lear Operations Corporation, Lear Corporation
                     Automotive Holdings and Morgan Stanley & Co.
                     Incorporated, Salomon Smith Barney Inc., Chase Securities
                     Inc., Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation, Deutsche Bank
                     Securities Inc., NationsBanc Montgomery Securities LLC,
                     Scotia Capital Markets (USA) Inc. and TD Securities (USA)
                     Inc.

             10.7    Registration Rights Agreement dated as of May 18, 1999,
                     among Lear Corporation, Lear Operations Corporation, Lear
                     Corporation Automotive Holdings and Morgan Stanley & Co.
                     Incorporated, Salomon Smith Barney Inc., Chase Securities
                     Inc., Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation, Deutsche Bank
                     Securities Inc., NationsBanc Montgomery Securities LLC,
                     Scotia Capital Markets (USA) Inc. and TD Securities (USA)
                     Inc.

             10.8    Indenture dated as of May 15, 1999, among Lear Corporation
                     as Issuer, the Guarantors party thereto from time to time
                     as Guarantors and The Bank of New York as Trustee.

             27.1    Financial Data Schedule for the quarter ended April 3,
                     1999.

             99.1    Press Release of the Company dated May 18, 1999, relating
                     to the issuance of senior notes.

    (b)      The following reports on Form 8-K were filed during the quarter
               ended April 3, 1999. 

             March 16, 1999 - Form 8-K relating to the definitive purchase 
               agreement to acquire UT Automotive.


                                       17
<PAGE>   18
SIGNATURES


Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the
Registrant has duly caused the report to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned thereunto duly authorized.




LEAR CORPORATION


Dated:  May 18, 1999                By:  /s/ Donald J. Stebbins 
                                         ------------------------------
                                         Donald J. Stebbins
                                         Senior Vice President and
                                         Chief Financial Officer



                                       18
<PAGE>   19
                                LEAR CORPORATION
                                   FORM 10 -Q
                                  EXHIBIT INDEX
                       FOR THE QUARTER ENDED APRIL 3, 1999


            EXHIBIT
            NUMBER
            ------

             10.1    Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of March 16, 1999 by and
                     between Nevada Bond Investment Corp. II and Lear
                     Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to
                     the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 16,
                     1999).

             10.2    Second Amended and Restated Credit and Guarantee Agreement,
                     dated as of May 4, 1999, among Lear, Lear Corporation
                     Canada Ltd., the Foreign Subsidiary Borrowers (as defined
                     therein), the Lenders Party thereto, Bankers Trust Company
                     and Bank of America National Trust & Savings Association,
                     as Co-Syndication Agents, The Bank of Nova Scotia, as
                     Documentation Agent and Canadian Administrative Agent, and
                     The Chase Manhattan Bank, as General Administrative Agent
                     (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's
                     Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 4, 1999).

             10.3    Interim Term Loan Agreement, dated as of May 4, 1999, among
                     Lear, the Lenders parties thereto, Citicorp USA, Inc. and
                     Credit Suisse First Boston, as Co-Syndication Agents,
                     Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, as Documentation Agent,
                     the other Agents named therein, and The Chase Manhattan
                     Bank, as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference
                     to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K
                     dated May 4, 1999).

             10.4    Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement, dated as of May
                     4, 1999, among Lear, certain of its Foreign Subsidiaries,
                     the Lenders parties thereto, Citicorp USA, Inc. and Morgan
                     Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as Co-Syndication Agents,
                     Toronto Dominion (Texas), Inc., as Documentation Agent, the
                     other Agents named therein, and The Chase Manhattan Bank,
                     as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to
                     Exhibit 10.3 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K
                     dated May 4, 1999).

             10.5    Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 7, 1999, between
                     Lear Corporation and Johnson Electric Holdings Limited
                     (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's
                     Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 7, 1999).

             10.6    Purchase Agreement dated as of May 13, 1999, among Lear
                     Corporation, Lear Operations Corporation, Lear Corporation
                     Automotive Holdings and Morgan Stanley & Co.
                     Incorporated, Salomon Smith Barney Inc., Chase Securities
                     Inc., Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation, Deutsche Bank
                     Securities Inc., NationsBanc Montgomery Securities LLC,
                     Scotia Capital Markets (USA) Inc. and TD Securities (USA)
                     Inc.

             10.7    Registration Rights Agreement dated as of May 18, 1999,
                     among Lear Corporation, Lear Operations Corporation, Lear
                     Corporation Automotive Holdings and Morgan Stanley & Co.
                     Incorporated, Salomon Smith Barney Inc., Chase Securities
                     Inc., Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation, Deutsche Bank
                     Securities Inc., NationsBanc Montgomery Securities LLC,
                     Scotia Capital Markets (USA) Inc. and TD Securities (USA)
                     Inc.

             10.8    Indenture dated as of May 15, 1999, among Lear Corporation
                     as Issuer, the Guarantors party thereto from time to time
                     as Guarantors and The Bank of New York as Trustee.

             27.1    Financial Data Schedule for the quarter ended April 3,
                     1999.

             99.1    Press Release of the Company dated May 18, 1999, relating
                     to the issuance of senior notes.









<PAGE>   1
                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.6




                                LEAR CORPORATION


                    $600,000,000 7.96% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2005
                    $800,000,000 8.11% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2009

                               PURCHASE AGREEMENT




                                                              May 13, 1999


Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
Salomon Smith Barney Inc.
Chase Securities Inc.
Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation
Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.
NationsBanc Montgomery Securities LLC
Scotia Capital Markets (USA) Inc.
TD Securities (USA) Inc.

c/o Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
1585 Broadway
New York, New York  10036

Dear Sirs and Mesdames:

         Lear Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "COMPANY"), proposes to
issue and sell to the several purchasers named in Schedule I hereto (the
"INITIAL PURCHASERS") $600,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 7.96%
Senior Notes due 2005 (the "2005 NOTES") and $800,000,000 aggregate principal
amount of its 8.11% Senior Notes due 2009 (the "2009 NOTES", and together with
the 2005 Notes, the "NOTES") to be guaranteed on a joint and several basis by
Lear Operations Corporation and Lear Corporation Automotive Holdings, each a
direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (each a "GUARANTOR"
and together, the "GUARANTORS"). The Notes and the guarantees of the Guarantors
(the "GUARANTEES" and, together with the Notes, the "SECURITIES")) are to be
issued pursuant to the provisions of an Indenture dated as of May 15, 1999 (the
"INDENTURE") among the Company, the Guarantors and The Bank of New York, as
trustee (the "TRUSTEE").

         The Securities will be offered without being registered under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "SECURITIES ACT"), to qualified
institutional buyers in compliance with the exemption from registration provided
by Rule 144A under the Securities Act and in offshore transactions in reliance
on Regulation S under the Securities Act ("REGULATION S").



<PAGE>   2

                                                                              2


         The Initial Purchasers and their direct and indirect transferees will
be entitled to the benefits of a Registration Rights Agreement dated as of May
18, 1999 among the Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers (the
"REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT"). Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement,
each of the Company and the Guarantors has agreed to file with the Securities
and Exchange Commission (the "COMMISSION") (i) a registration statement (the
"EXCHANGE OFFER REGISTRATION STATEMENT") under the Securities Act registering
the offering of notes and related guarantees (the "EXCHANGE SECURITIES") with
substantially identical terms in all material respects to the Securities (except
that the Exchange Securities will not contain terms with respect to transfer
restrictions) to be offered in exchange for the Securities and (ii) under
certain circumstances, a shelf registration statement pursuant to Rule 415 under
the Securities Act (the "SHELF REGISTRATION STATEMENT" and, together with the
Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the "REGISTRATION STATEMENTS").

         In connection with the sale of the Securities, the Company has prepared
a preliminary offering memorandum (the "PRELIMINARY MEMORANDUM") and will
prepare a final offering memorandum (the "FINAL MEMORANDUM" and, with the
Preliminary Memorandum, each a "MEMORANDUM") including or incorporating by
reference a description of the terms of the Securities, the terms of the
offering, and a description of the Company. As used herein, the term
"MEMORANDUM" shall include in each case the documents incorporated by reference
therein prior to or on the Closing Date. The terms "SUPPLEMENT", "AMENDMENT" and
"AMEND" as used herein with respect to a Memorandum shall include all documents
deemed to be incorporated by reference in the Preliminary Memorandum or Final
Memorandum that are filed with the Commission pursuant to the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "EXCHANGE ACT") subsequent to the date of
such Memorandum and prior to the Closing Date.

         1. Representations and Warranties. Each of the Company and the
Guarantors represents and warrants to and agrees with each of the Initial
Purchasers that:

                  (a) (i) Each document filed or to be filed pursuant to the
         Exchange Act and incorporated by reference in either Memorandum
         complied or will comply when so filed in all material respects with the
         Exchange Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission
         thereunder and (ii) the Preliminary Memorandum as of its date did not
         contain and the Final Memorandum, in the form used by the Initial
         Purchasers to confirm sales and on the Closing Date (as defined in
         Section 4), will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or
         omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein,
         in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not
         misleading, except that the representations and warranties set forth in
         this paragraph do not apply to statements or omissions in either
         Memorandum based upon information relating to any Initial Purchaser
         furnished to the Company in writing by such Initial Purchaser through
         you expressly for use therein.

                  (b) The Company has been duly incorporated, is validly
         existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the
         jurisdiction of its incorporation, has the corporate power and
         authority to own its property and to conduct its business as described
         in each Memorandum and is duly qualified to transact business and is in
         good



<PAGE>   3
                                                                              3



         standing in each jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or
         its ownership or leasing of property requires such qualification,
         except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or be in good
         standing would not have a material adverse effect on the Company and
         its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

                  (c) Each subsidiary of the Company, including, without
         limitation, each of the Guarantors, has been duly incorporated, is
         validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of
         the jurisdiction of its incorporation, has the corporate power and
         authority to own its property and to conduct its business as described
         in each Memorandum and is duly qualified to transact business and is in
         good standing in each jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business
         or its ownership or leasing of property requires such qualification,
         except to the extent that the failure to be duly incorporated, validly
         existing or so qualified or be in good standing would not have a
         material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a
         whole; except as otherwise disclosed in each Memorandum, all of the
         issued shares of capital stock of each subsidiary of the Company have
         been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and
         non-assessable and are owned directly or indirectly by the Company,
         free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims (other
         than liens that will be permitted under the terms of the Indenture).

                  (d) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and
         delivered by the Company and each of the Guarantors.

                  (e) The Registration Rights Agreement has been duly authorized
         and when the Securities are delivered and paid for pursuant to this
         Agreement on the Closing Date, the Registration Rights Agreement will
         have been duly executed and delivered by the Company and each of the
         Guarantors and, assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery
         by the Initial Purchasers, will constitute a valid and legally binding
         agreement of the Company and each of the Guarantors, enforceable
         against the Company and each of the Guarantors in accordance with its
         terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent
         conveyance or similar laws and court decisions relating to or affecting
         creditors' rights generally and general principles of equity and except
         as rights to indemnification and contribution under such Agreement may
         be limited under applicable law or public policy considerations. The
         Registration Rights Agreement will conform in all material respects to
         the description thereof contained in the Final Memorandum. There are no
         contracts, agreements or understandings between the Company or the
         Guarantors and any person granting such person the right to require the
         Company or the Guarantors to include any securities of the Company or
         the Guarantors with the Securities registered pursuant to any
         Registration Statement.

                  (f) The Indenture has been duly authorized by the Company and
         each of the Guarantors, and when the Securities are delivered and paid
         for pursuant to this Agreement on the Closing Date, the Indenture will
         have been duly executed and delivered by the Company and each of the
         Guarantors and, assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery
         by the Trustee, will constitute a valid and legally binding 


<PAGE>   4

                                                                              4 

         agreement of the Company and each of the Guarantors, enforceable 
         against the Company and each of the Guarantors in accordance with its 
         terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent 
         conveyance or similar laws and court decisions relating to or affecting
         creditors' rights generally and general principles of equity. The 
         Indenture will conform in all material respects to the description 
         thereof contained in the Final Memorandum.

                  (g) The Notes have been duly authorized and, when executed and
         authenticated in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture and
         delivered to and paid for by the Initial Purchasers in accordance with
         the terms of this Agreement, will be valid and legally binding
         obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in
         accordance with their terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy,
         insolvency, fraudulent conveyance or similar laws and court decisions
         relating to or affecting creditors' rights generally and general
         principles of equity, and will be entitled to the benefits of the
         Indenture. The Notes will conform in all material respects to the
         description thereof contained in the Final Memorandum.

                  (h) The Guarantees have been duly authorized and, when the
         Notes are executed and authenticated in accordance with the provisions
         of the Indenture and delivered to and paid for by the Initial
         Purchasers in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the
         Guarantees will be valid and legally binding obligations of the
         Guarantors, enforceable against the Guarantors in accordance with their
         terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent
         conveyance or similar laws and court decisions relating to or affecting
         creditors' rights generally and general principles of equity, and will
         be entitled to the benefits of the Indenture. The Guarantees will
         conform in all material respects to the description thereof contained
         in the Final Memorandum.

                  (i) The execution and delivery by each of the Company and the
         Guarantors of, and the performance by each of the Company and the
         Guarantors of its obligations under, this Agreement, the Registration
         Rights Agreement, the Indenture, the Notes (in the case of the Company)
         and the Guarantees (in the case of the Guarantors) will not contravene
         any provision of applicable law or the certificate of incorporation or
         by-laws of such company or any agreement or other instrument binding
         upon the Company or any of its subsidiaries that is material to the
         Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or any judgment, order
         or decree of any governmental body, agency or court having jurisdiction
         over the Company or any subsidiary. Except for such consents,
         approvals, authorizations, registrations or qualifications (i) which
         shall have been obtained or made prior to the Closing Date, (ii) as may
         be required to be obtained under applicable state securities laws or
         the laws of any foreign jurisdiction in connection with the purchase
         and distribution of the Securities by the Initial Purchasers, (iii)
         which are described in the Final Memorandum, (iv) as may be required by
         the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. and (v) in the
         case of the Registration Rights Agreement and the transactions
         contemplated thereby, that are required under the Securities Act and
         the Trust Indenture Act, no consent, approval, authorization or order
         of, or filing or registration with, any such court or governmental
         agency or body is required for the execution, delivery and 



<PAGE>   5

                                                                              5


         performance of each of this Agreement, the Indenture or the Securities 
         by the Company or the Guarantors and the consummation of the 
         transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.

                  (j) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is in
         violation or breach of, or in default with respect to, any provision of
         any contract, agreement, instrument, lease, or license to which the
         Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party, where any such violation
         or breach would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse
         effect on the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole. Each of
         the Company and its subsidiaries enjoys peaceful and undisturbed
         possession under all leases and licenses of real property under which
         it is operating except where such failure would not reasonably be
         expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its
         subsidiaries taken as a whole.

                  (k) There has not occurred any material adverse change, or any
         development involving a prospective material adverse change, in the
         condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business or
         operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, from
         that set forth in the Final Memorandum (exclusive of any amendments or
         supplements thereto subsequent to the date of this Agreement).

                  (l) The historical financial statements (including the related
         notes and supporting schedules) incorporated by reference in each
         Memorandum present fairly in all material respects the financial
         position and results of operations of the entities purported to be
         shown thereby, at the dates and for the periods indicated, and have
         been prepared in conformity with applicable generally accepted
         accounting principles applied on a consistent basis throughout the
         periods involved, except as otherwise indicated therein. The
         assumptions used in preparing the pro forma financial statements
         included in each Memorandum provide a reasonable basis for presenting
         the significant effects directly attributable to the transactions or
         events described therein, the related pro forma adjustments give
         appropriate effect to those assumptions, and the pro forma columns
         therein reflect the proper application of those adjustments to the
         corresponding historical financial statement amounts.

                  (m) Arthur Andersen LLP, who have certified certain financial
         statements of the Company, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, who have
         certified certain financial statements of UT Automotive, Inc. (now
         renamed Lear Corporation Automotive Holdings), and, Deloitte & Touche
         LLP, who have certified certain financial statements of the seating
         business of the Delphi Interior Systems Division of Delphi Automotive
         Systems Corporation, a subsidiary of General Motors Corporation, and
         whose reports are incorporated by reference in each Memorandum, are
         independent public accountants as required by the Securities Act and
         the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

                  (n) There are no legal or governmental proceedings pending or
         threatened to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party
         or to which any of the properties of the Company or any of its
         subsidiaries is subject other than proceedings accurately 



<PAGE>   6
                                 
                                                                              6


          described in all material respects in each Memorandum and proceedings 
          that would not have a material adverse effect on the Company and its 
          subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or on the power or ability of the 
          Company or the Guarantors to perform in all material respects their 
          respective obligations under this Agreement, the Indenture, the 
          Registration Rights Agreement and the Securities or to consummate the 
          transactions contemplated by the Final Memorandum.

                  (o) There is no labor strike or work stoppage or lockout
         actually pending, imminent or threatened against the Company or any of
         its subsidiaries which would reasonably be expected to have a material
         adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

                  (p) Each of the Company and its subsidiaries has all necessary
         consents, authorizations, approvals, orders, certificates and permits
         of and from, and has made all declarations and filings with, all
         foreign, federal, state, local and other governmental authorities, all
         self-regulatory organizations and all courts and other tribunals, to
         own, lease, license and use its properties and assets and to conduct
         its business in the manner described in each Memorandum, except to the
         extent that the failure to obtain or file would not reasonably be
         expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its
         subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

                  (q) Each of the Company and its subsidiaries holds good and
         marketable title to, or valid and enforceable leasehold interests in,
         all items of real and personal property which are material to the
         business of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, free and
         clear of any lien, claim, encumbrance, preemptive rights or any other
         claim of any other third party (other than liens and other encumbrances
         that would be permitted under the terms of the Indenture), with such
         exceptions as would not reasonably be expected to have a material
         adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole.
         The Company and its subsidiaries are in material compliance with all
         applicable laws, rules and regulations, except where such failure to
         comply would not have a material adverse effect on the Company and its
         subsidiaries taken as a whole.

                  (r) Neither the Company nor either of the Guarantors is and,
         after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Securities and the
         application of the proceeds thereof as described in each Memorandum,
         will be an "investment company" as such term is defined in the
         Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "INVESTMENT COMPANY
         ACT").

                  (s)      The Company and its subsidiaries:

                           (i) are in compliance with any and all applicable
                  foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations
                  relating to the protection of human health and safety, the
                  environment or hazardous or toxic substances or wastes,
                  pollutants or contaminants ("ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS");


<PAGE>   7
                                                                              7


                           (ii) have received all permits, licenses or other
                  approvals required of them under applicable Environmental Laws
                  to conduct their respective businesses; and

                           (iii) are in compliance with all terms and conditions
                  of any such permit, license or approval,

         except, in the case of clauses (i), (ii) and (iii), where such
         noncompliance with Environmental Laws, failure to receive required
         permits, licenses or other approvals or failure to comply with the
         terms and conditions of such permits, licenses or approvals would not,
         singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a material
         adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

                  (t) The Company has reviewed its operations and that of its
         subsidiaries to evaluate the extent to which the business or operations
         of the Company or any of its subsidiaries will be affected by the Year
         2000 Problem (that is, any significant risk that computer hardware or
         software applications used by the Company and its subsidiaries will
         not, in the case of dates or time periods occurring after December 31,
         1999, function at least as effectively as in the case of dates or time
         periods occurring prior to January 1, 2000); as a result of such
         review:

                           (i) the Company has no reason to believe, and does
                  not believe, that (A) there are any issues related to the
                  Company's preparedness to address the Year 2000 Problem that
                  are of a character required to be described or referred to in
                  each Memorandum which have not been accurately described in
                  each Memorandum and (B) the Year 2000 Problem will have a
                  material adverse effect on the condition, financial or
                  otherwise, or on the earnings, business or operations of the
                  Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or result in
                  any material loss or interference with the business or
                  operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a
                  whole; and

                           (ii) the Company reasonably believes, after due
                  inquiry, that the material suppliers, vendors, customers or
                  other material third parties used or served by the Company and
                  such subsidiaries are addressing or will address the Year 2000
                  Problem in a timely manner, except to the extent that a
                  failure to address the Year 2000 Problem by any supplier,
                  vendor, customer or material third party would not have a
                  material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries,
                  taken as a whole.

                  (u) Neither the Company nor any affiliate (as defined in Rule
         501(b) of Regulation D under the Securities Act, an "AFFILIATE") of the
         Company has directly, or through any agent (other than the Initial
         Purchasers as to whom no representation is given):


<PAGE>   8
                                                                              8


                            (i) sold, offered for sale, solicited offers to buy
                  or otherwise negotiated in respect of, any security (as
                  defined in the Securities Act) which is or will be integrated
                  with the sale of the Securities in a manner that would require
                  registration under the Securities Act of any of the
                  Securities; or
                 
                           (ii) engaged in any form of general solicitation or
                  general advertising in connection with the offering of the
                  Securities (as those terms are used in Regulation D under the
                  Securities Act), or in any manner involving a public offering
                  within the meaning of Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.

                  (v) None of the Company, its Affiliates or any person acting
         on its or their behalf has engaged or will engage in any directed
         selling efforts (within the meaning of Regulation S) with respect to
         the Securities and the Company and its Affiliates and any person acting
         on its or their behalf have complied and will comply with the offering
         restrictions requirement of Regulation S, except no representation,
         warranty or agreement is made by the Company or the Guarantors in this
         paragraph with respect to the Initial Purchasers.

                  (w) Assuming the accuracy of and compliance with the
         representations, covenants and agreements of the Initial Purchasers
         contained in this Agreement, it is not necessary in connection with the
         offer, sale and delivery of the Securities to the Initial Purchasers in
         the manner contemplated by this Agreement to register the Securities
         under the Securities Act or to qualify the Indenture under the Trust
         Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the "TRUST INDENTURE ACT").

                  (x) The Securities satisfy the requirements set forth in Rule
         144A(d)(3) under the Securities Act.

         2. Agreements to Sell and Purchase. Upon the basis of the
representations and warranties herein contained, and subject to the conditions
hereinafter stated, the Company hereby agrees to sell to the several Initial
Purchasers, and each Initial Purchaser agrees, severally and not jointly, to
purchase from the Company the respective principal amount of Notes set forth in
Schedule I hereto opposite its name at a purchase price of (i) 99.00% of the
principal amount thereof, in the case of the 2005 Notes (the "2005 NOTES
PURCHASE PRICE") and (ii) 98.75% of the principal amount thereof, in the case of
the 2009 Notes (the "2009 NOTES PURCHASE PRICE"), plus accrued interest, if any,
to the Closing Date.

         The Company hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent of
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated on behalf of the Initial Purchasers, it will
not, during the period beginning on the date hereof and continuing to and
including the Closing Date, offer, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose
of any debt securities of the Company or warrants to purchase debt securities of
the Company substantially similar to the Notes (other than the sale of the Notes
under this Agreement).



<PAGE>   9
                                                                               9

         3. Terms of the Offering. You have advised the Company that the Initial
Purchasers will make an offering of the Securities purchased by the Initial
Purchasers hereunder on the terms to be set forth in the Final Memorandum, as
soon as practicable after this Agreement is entered into as in your judgment is
advisable.
                                                                               
         4. Payment and Delivery. Payment for the Notes shall be made to the
Company in Federal or other funds immediately available in New York City against
delivery of such Notes for the respective accounts of the several Initial
Purchasers at 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on May 18, 1999, or at such other
time on the same or such other date, not later than May 25, 1999, as shall be
agreed upon by you and Company. The time and date of such payment are
hereinafter referred to as the "CLOSING DATE."

         Certificates for the Notes shall be in definitive form or global form,
as specified by you, and registered in such names and in such denominations as
you shall request in writing not later than one full business day prior to the
Closing Date. The certificates evidencing the Notes shall be delivered to you on
the Closing Date for the respective accounts of the several Initial Purchasers,
against payment of the 2005 Notes Purchase Price or 2009 Notes Purchase Price,
as applicable, therefor, plus accrued interest, if any, to the date of payment
and delivery.

         5. Conditions to the Initial Purchasers' Obligations. The several
obligations of the Initial Purchasers to purchase and pay for the Notes on the
Closing Date are subject to the following conditions:

                  (a)      Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this 
         Agreement and prior to the Closing Date:

                           (i)  there shall not have occurred any downgrading,
                  nor shall any notice have been given of any intended or
                  potential downgrading in the rating accorded any of the
                  Company's securities by any "nationally recognized statistical
                  rating organization", as such term is defined for purposes of
                  Rule 436(g)(2) under the Securities Act; and

                           (ii) there shall not have occurred any change, or any
                  development involving a prospective change, in the condition,
                  financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business or
                  operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a
                  whole, from that set forth in the Final Memorandum (exclusive
                  of any amendments or supplements thereto subsequent to the
                  date of this Agreement) that, in your judgment, is material
                  and adverse and that makes it, in your judgment, impracticable
                  to market the Securities on the terms and in the manner
                  contemplated in the Final Memorandum.

                  (b) The Initial Purchasers shall have received on the Closing
         Date certificates, dated the Closing Date and signed by an executive
         officer of the Company and each of the Guarantors, to the effect set
         forth in Section 5(a)(i) above and to the effect that, to their
         knowledge, the representations and warranties of the Company and the
         Guarantors 



<PAGE>   10
                                                                             10 

         contained in this Agreement are true and correct as of the Closing Date
         and that the Company and each of the Guarantors have complied with all 
         of the agreements and satisfied all of the conditions on its part to be
         performed or satisfied hereunder on or before the Closing Date.

                  (c) The Initial Purchasers shall have received on the Closing
         Date an opinion of Winston & Strawn, outside counsel to the Company and
         the Guarantors, dated the Closing Date, substantially in the form of
         Exhibit A attached hereto. Winston & Strawn may state that, insofar as
         their opinions involve factual matters, they have relied to the extent
         they deem proper upon certificates of the Company and any of its
         subsidiaries and certificates of public officials.

                  (d) The Initial Purchasers shall have received on the Closing
         Date an opinion of Joseph F. McCarthy, General Counsel to the Company,
         dated the Closing Date, substantially in the form of Exhibit B attached
         hereto. Such counsel may state that, insofar as their opinions involve
         factual matters, they have relied to the extent they deem proper upon
         certificates of the Company and any of its subsidiaries and
         certificates of public officials.

                  (e) Simpson Thacher & Bartlett, counsel to the Initial
         Purchasers, shall have furnished to the Initial Purchasers such opinion
         or opinions, dated the Closing Date, with respect to the incorporation
         of the Company and the Guarantors, the validity of the Indenture, the
         Registration Rights Agreement and the Securities, and the Final
         Memorandum and other related matters as the Initial Purchasers may
         reasonably request, and such counsel shall have received such papers
         and information as they may reasonably request to enable them to pass
         upon such matters. Simpson Thacher & Bartlett may state that, insofar
         as their opinions involve factual matters, they have relied to the
         extent they deem proper upon certificates of the Company and any of its
         subsidiaries and certificates of public officials.

                  (f) The Initial Purchasers shall have received on the date
         hereof letters, dated the date hereof, in form and substance
         satisfactory to the Initial Purchasers, from Arthur Andersen LLP,
         independent public accountants, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent
         accountants, and Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent auditors,
         containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included
         in an accountants' "comfort letter" to Initial Purchasers with respect
         to the financial statements and certain financial information contained
         in or incorporated by reference into each Memorandum.

                  (g) The Initial Purchasers shall have received on the Closing
         Date a letter, dated the Closing Date, in form and substance
         satisfactory to the Initial Purchasers, from Arthur Andersen LLP,
         independent public accountants, containing statements and information
         of the type ordinarily included in an accountants' "bring-down comfort
         letter" to Initial Purchasers with respect to the financial statements
         and certain financial information contained in or incorporated by
         reference into Final Memorandum.


<PAGE>   11
                                                                             11


         6. Covenants of the Company and the Guarantors. In further 
consideration of the agreements of the Initial Purchasers herein contained, the
Company and the Guarantors covenant with each Initial Purchaser as follows:

                  (a) To furnish to you in New York City, without charge, prior
         to 12:00 p.m. New York City time on the business day next succeeding
         the date of this Agreement and during the period mentioned in Section
         6(c) below, as many copies of the Final Memorandum, any documents
         incorporated by reference therein and any supplements and amendments
         thereto as you may reasonably request.

                  (b) Before amending or supplementing either Memorandum, to
         furnish to you a copy of each such proposed amendment or supplement and
         not to use any such proposed amendment or supplement to which you
         reasonably object.

                  (c) If, during such period after the date hereof and prior to
         the date on which all of the Securities shall have been sold by the
         Initial Purchasers, any event shall occur or condition exist as a
         result of which it is necessary to amend or supplement the Final
         Memorandum in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the
         circumstances when the Final Memorandum is delivered to a purchaser,
         not misleading, or if, in the opinion of counsel for the Initial
         Purchasers, it is necessary to amend or supplement the Final Memorandum
         to comply with applicable law, forthwith to prepare and furnish, at its
         own expense, to the Initial Purchasers, either amendments or
         supplements to the Final Memorandum so that the statements in the Final
         Memorandum as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the
         circumstances when the Final Memorandum is delivered to a purchaser, be
         misleading or so that the Final Memorandum, as amended or supplemented,
         will comply with applicable law.

                  (d) To cooperate with you and your counsel to qualify the
         Securities under the state securities or Blue Sky laws of such
         jurisdictions as you shall reasonably request and to continue such
         qualification in effect until the completion of the resale of the
         Securities by the Initial Purchasers; provided, however, that neither
         the Company nor any Guarantor shall be required in connection therewith
         to register or qualify as a foreign corporation where it is not now so
         qualified or to take any action that would subject it to service of
         process in suits or to taxation in any jurisdiction where it is not now
         so subject.

                  (e) Whether or not the transactions contemplated in this
         Agreement are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, to pay or
         cause to be paid all expenses incident to the performance of its
         obligations under this Agreement, including:

                           (i) the fees, disbursements and expenses of the
                  counsel and accountants of the Company and the Guarantors in
                  connection with the issuance and sale of the Securities and
                  all other printing and distribution expenses in connection
                  with each Memorandum and all amendments and supplements
                  thereto;


<PAGE>   12
                                                                             12

                           (ii)   all costs and expenses related to the transfer
                  and delivery of the Securities to the Initial Purchasers,
                  including any transfer or other taxes payable thereon;
                                            
                           (iii)  the cost of printing or producing any Blue Sky
                  or legal investment memorandum in connection with the offer
                  and sale of the Securities under state securities laws and all
                  expenses in connection with the qualification of the
                  Securities for offer and sale under state securities laws as
                  provided in Section 6(d) hereof, including filing fees and the
                  reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Initial
                  Purchasers in connection with such qualification and in
                  connection with the Blue Sky or legal investment memorandum;

                           (iv)   any fees charged by rating agencies for the 
                  rating of the Securities;

                           (v)    the fees and expenses, if any, incurred in
                  connection with the admission of the Notes for trading in
                  PORTAL or any appropriate market system;

                           (vi)   the costs and charges of  the Trustee and any 
                  transfer agent, registrar or depositary;

                           (vii)  the cost of the preparation, issuance and
                  delivery of the Securities;

                           (viii) the costs and expenses of the Company relating
                  to investor presentations on any "road show" undertaken in
                  connection with the marketing of the offering of the
                  Securities (other than customary expenses paid for by the
                  Initial Purchasers);

                           (ix)   all costs and expenses of the exchange offer 
                  and any Registration Statement, as contemplated by the
                  Registration Rights Agreement; and

                           (x)    all other cost and expenses incident to the
                  performance of the obligations of the Company hereunder for
                  which provision is not otherwise made in this Section.

         It is understood, however, that except as provided in this Section,
         Section 8, and the last paragraph of Section 10, the Initial Purchasers
         will pay all of their costs and expenses, including fees and
         disbursements of their counsel, transfer taxes payable on resale of any
         of the Securities by them and any advertising expenses connected with
         any offers they may make.

                  (f) Neither the Company nor any Affiliate will sell, offer for
         sale or solicit offers to buy or otherwise negotiate in respect of any
         security (as defined in the Securities Act) which could be integrated
         with the sale of the Securities in a manner which would require the
         registration under the Securities Act of the Securities.


<PAGE>   13

                                                                             13


                  (g) Not to solicit any offer to buy or offer or sell the
         Securities by means of any form of general solicitation or general
         advertising (as those terms are used in Regulation D under the
         Securities Act) or in any manner involving a public offering within the
         meaning of Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.

                  (h) While any of the Securities remain "restricted securities"
         within the meaning of the Securities Act, to make available, upon
         request, to any seller of such Securities the information specified in
         Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act, unless the Company and the
         Guarantors are then subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

                  (i) Use its best efforts to assist the Initial Purchasers in
         arranging for the Notes to be designated PORTAL securities in
         accordance with the rules and regulations adopted by the National
         Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. relating to trading in the
         PORTAL Market.

                  (j) None of the Company, its Affiliates or any person acting
         on its or their behalf (other than the Initial Purchasers) will engage
         in any directed selling efforts (as that term is defined in Regulation
         S) with respect to the Securities, and the Company and its Affiliates
         and each person acting on its or their behalf (other than the Initial
         Purchasers) will comply with the offering restrictions requirement of
         Regulation S.

                  (k) During the period of two years after the Closing Date, the
         Company will not, and will not permit any of its Affiliates to resell
         any of the Securities which constitute "restricted securities" under
         Rule 144 that have been reacquired by any of them.

                  (l) The Company will use the proceeds received from the sale
         of the Securities in the manner specified in the Final Memorandum under
         the caption "Use of Proceeds."

                  (m) To obtain the approval of The Depository Trust Company
         ("DTC") for "book-entry" transfer of the Notes, and to comply with all
         of the agreements set forth in the representations letters of the
         Company to DTC relating to the approval by DTC of the Notes for
         "book-entry" transfer.

                  7. Offering of Securities; Restrictions on Transfer. (a) Each
Initial Purchaser, severally and not jointly, represents and warrants that such
Initial Purchaser is a qualified institutional buyer as defined in Rule 144A
under the Securities Act (a "QIB"). Each Initial Purchaser, severally and not
jointly, agrees with the Company that:

                  (i) it is purchasing the Securities pursuant to a private sale
         exemption from registration under the Securities Act;



<PAGE>   14
                                                                             14



                  (ii)  it has not solicited offers for, or offered or sold, and
         will not solicit offers for, or offer or sell, Securities by any form
         of general solicitation or general advertising (as those terms are used
         in Regulation D under the Securities Act) or in any manner involving a
         public offering within the meaning of Section 4(2) of the Securities
         Act; and

                  (iii) it has solicited and will solicit offers for such
         Securities only from, and has offered or sold and will offer such
         Securities only to, persons that it reasonably believes to be (A) in
         the case of offers inside the United States, QIBs and (B) in the case
         of offers

         outside the United States, to persons other than "U.S. persons"
         ("FOREIGN PURCHASERS," which term shall include dealers or other
         professional fiduciaries in the United States acting on a discretionary
         basis for foreign beneficial owners (other than an estate or trust)) in
         "offshore transactions" (as such terms are defined in Regulation S) in
         compliance with Regulation S under the Securities Act.

         (b) Each Initial Purchaser, severally and not jointly, represents,
warrants, and agrees with respect to offers and sales outside the United States
that:

                  (i)   such Initial Purchaser understands that no action has 
         been or will be taken in any jurisdiction by the Company or the
         Guarantors that would permit a public offering of the Securities, or
         possession or distribution of either Memorandum or any other offering
         or publicity material relating to the Securities, in any country or
         jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required;

                  (ii)  such Initial Purchaser has complied and will comply with
         all applicable laws and regulations in each jurisdiction in which it
         acquires, offers, sells or delivers Securities or has in its possession
         or distributes either Memorandum or any such other material, in all
         cases at its own expense;

                  (iii) the Securities have not been registered under the
         Securities Act and may not be offered or sold within the United States
         or to, or for the account or benefit of, U.S. persons except in
         accordance with Rule 144A or Regulation S under the Securities Act or
         pursuant to another exemption from the registration requirements of the
         Securities Act;

                  (iv)  such Initial Purchaser has offered the Securities and
         will offer and sell the Securities (A) as part of their distribution at
         any time and (B) otherwise until 40 days after the later of the
         commencement of the offering and the Closing Date, only in accordance
         with Rule 903 of Regulation S or as otherwise permitted in Section
         7(a); accordingly, neither such Initial Purchaser, its Affiliates nor
         any persons acting on its or their behalf have engaged or will engage
         in any directed selling efforts (within the meaning of Regulation S)
         with respect to the Securities, and any such Initial Purchaser, its
         Affiliates and any such persons have complied and will comply with the
         offering restrictions requirement of Regulation S; and

                  (vii) such Initial Purchaser agrees that, at or prior to
         confirmation of sales of the Securities, it will have sent to each
         distributor, dealer or person receiving a selling 



<PAGE>   15

                                                                             15


         concession, fee or other remuneration that purchases Securities from it
         during the restricted period a confirmation or notice to substantially 
         the following effect:

                  "The securities covered hereby have not been registered under
                  the U.S. Securities Act of 1933 (the "Securities Act") and may
                  not be offered and sold within the United States or to, or for
                  the account or benefit of, U.S. persons (i) as part of their
                  distribution at any time or (ii) otherwise until 40 days after
                  the later of the commencement of the offering and the closing
                  date, except in either case in accordance with Regulation S 
                  (or Rule 144A if available) under the Securities Act. Terms 
                  used above have the meaning given to them by Regulation S."

Terms used in this Section 7(b) have the meanings given to them by Regulation S.

         8. Indemnity and Contribution. (a) Each of the Company and the
Guarantors jointly and severally agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each
Initial Purchaser and each person, if any, who controls any Initial Purchaser
within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of
the Exchange Act from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and
liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses
reasonably incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such
action or claim) caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a
material fact contained in either Memorandum (as amended or supplemented if the
Company shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto), or caused
by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary
to make the statements therein in the light of the circumstances under which
they were made not misleading, except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or
liabilities are caused by any such untrue statement or omission or alleged
untrue statement or omission based upon information relating to the Initial
Purchaser furnished to the Company in writing by such Initial Purchaser through
you expressly for use therein.

         (b) Each Initial Purchaser agrees, severally and not jointly, to
indemnify and hold harmless the Company and the Guarantors, their directors,
their officers and each person, if any, who controls the Company or the
Guarantors within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or
Section 20 of the Exchange Act to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity
from the Company and the Guarantors to such Initial Purchaser, but only with
reference to information relating to the Initial Purchaser furnished to the
Company in writing by such Initial Purchaser through you expressly for use in
either Memorandum or any amendments or supplements thereto.

         (c) In case any proceeding (including any governmental investigation)
shall be instituted involving any person in respect of which indemnity may be
sought pursuant to either Section 8(a) or 8(b), such person (the "INDEMNIFIED
PARTY") shall promptly notify the person against whom such indemnity may be
sought (the "INDEMNIFYING PARTY") in writing and the indemnifying party, upon
request of the indemnified party, shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory
to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party and any others the
indemnifying party may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the fees and
disbursements of such counsel related to such proceeding. In any such
proceeding, the indemnifying party shall be 




<PAGE>   16

                                                                             16


entitled to participate in such proceeding and, to the extent that it so elects,
jointly with any other similarly notified indemnifying party, to assume the
defense thereof, subject to the right of the indemnified party to be separately
represented and to direct its own defense if the named parties to any such
proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the indemnifying party
and the indemnified party and the indemnified party has been advised by counsel
that representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate
due to actual or potential differing interests between them. In any such
proceeding, any indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own
counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of
such indemnified party unless (i) the indemnifying party and the indemnified
party shall have mutually agreed to the retention of such counsel or (ii) the
named parties to any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include
both the indemnifying party and the indemnified party and the indemnified party
has been advised by counsel that representation of both parties by the same
counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests
between them. It is understood that the indemnifying party shall not, in respect
of the legal expenses of any indemnified parties in connection with any
proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the
fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local
counsel) for all such indemnified parties and that all such fees and expenses
shall be reimbursed as they are incurred. Such firm shall be designated in
writing by Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, in the case of parties indemnified
pursuant to Section 8(a) above, and by the Company, in the case of parties
indemnified pursuant to Section 8(b) above. The indemnifying party shall not be
liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written
consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for
the plaintiff, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify the indemnified party
from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment.
No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the
indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding
in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and
indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party, unless
such settlement includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from
all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding.

         (d) To the extent the indemnification provided for in Section 8(a) or
8(b) is unavailable to an indemnified party or insufficient in respect of any
losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then each
indemnifying party under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such
indemnified party thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by
such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or
liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative
benefits received by the Company and the Guarantors on the one hand and the
Initial Purchasers on the other hand from the offering of the Securities or (ii)
if the allocation provided by clause 8(d)(i) above is not permitted by
applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the
relative benefits referred to in clause 8(d)(i) above but also the relative
fault of the Company and the Guarantors on the one hand and of the Initial
Purchasers on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions that
resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other
relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company
and the Guarantors on the one hand and the Initial Purchasers on the other hand
in connection with the offering of the Securities shall be deemed to be in the
same respective proportions as the net proceeds from the 



<PAGE>   17

                                                                             17

offering of such Securities (before deducting expenses) received by the Company
and the total discounts and commissions received by the Initial Purchasers, bear
to the aggregate offering price of the Securities. The relative fault of the
Company and the Guarantors on the one hand and the Initial Purchasers on the
other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the
untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged
omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company
and the Guarantors or by the Initial Purchasers and the parties' relative
intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent
such statement or omission. The Initial Purchasers' respective obligations to
contribute pursuant to this Section 8 are several in Proportion to the
respective principal amounts of Notes they have purchased hereunder, and not
joint.

         (e) The Company and the Initial Purchasers agree that it would not be
just or equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 8 were determined by
pro rata allocation (even if the Initial Purchasers were treated as one entity
for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take
account of the equitable considerations referred to in Section 8(d). The amount
paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims,
damages and liabilities referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph shall
be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any reasonable
legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in
connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim.
Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 8, no Initial Purchaser shall be
required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total
price at which the Notes resold by it in the initial placement of such Notes
were offered to investors exceeds the amount of any damages that such Initial
Purchaser has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged
untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent
misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act)
shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such
fraudulent misrepresentation. The remedies provided for in this Section 8 are
not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be
available to any indemnified party at law or in equity.

         (f) The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Section
8 and the representations, warranties and other statements of the Company and
the Guarantors contained in this Agreement shall remain operative and in full
force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any
investigation made by or on behalf of any Initial Purchaser or any person
controlling any Initial Purchaser or the Company or the Guarantors, their
officers or directors or any person controlling the Company or the Guarantors
and (iii) acceptance of and payment for any of the Securities.

         9. Termination. This Agreement shall be subject to termination by
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated by notice given by you to the Company, if:

         (a) after the execution and delivery of this Agreement and prior to the
Closing Date:

                  (i) trading generally shall have been suspended or materially
         limited on or by, as the case may be, any of the New York Stock
         Exchange, the American Stock Exchange, 



<PAGE>   18


                                                                             18

         the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., the Chicago Board
         of Options Exchange, the Chicago Mercantile Exchange or the Chicago 
         Board of Trade;

                  (ii)  trading of any securities of the Company shall have been
         suspended on any exchange or in any over-the-counter market;

                  (iii) a general moratorium on commercial banking activities in
         New York shall have been declared by either Federal or New York State
         authorities; or


                  (iv)  there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of
         hostilities or any change in financial markets or any calamity or
         crisis that, in your reasonable judgment, is material and adverse; and

         (b) in the case of any of the events specified in clauses 9(a)(i)
through 9(a)(iv), such event, singly or together with any other such event,
makes it, in your reasonable judgment, impracticable to market the Securities on
the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Final Memorandum.

         10. Effectiveness; Defaulting Initial Purchasers. This Agreement shall
become effective upon the execution and delivery hereof by the parties hereto.

         If, on the Closing Date, any one or more of the Initial Purchasers
shall fail or refuse to purchase the Notes that it or they have agreed to
purchase hereunder on such date, and the aggregate principal amount of Notes
which such defaulting Initial Purchaser or Initial Purchasers agreed but failed
or refused to purchase is not more than one-tenth of the aggregate principal
amount of Notes to be purchased on such date, the other Initial Purchasers shall
be obligated severally in the proportions that the principal amount of Notes set
forth opposite their respective names in Schedule I bears to the aggregate
principal amount of Notes set forth opposite the names of all such
non-defaulting Initial Purchasers, or in such other proportions as you may
specify, to purchase the Notes which such defaulting Initial Purchaser or
Initial Purchasers agreed but failed or refused to purchase on such date;
provided that in no event shall the principal amount of Notes that any Initial
Purchaser has agreed to purchase pursuant to this Agreement be increased
pursuant to this Section 10 by an amount in excess of one-ninth of such
principal amount of Notes without the written consent of such Initial Purchaser.
If, on the Closing Date any Initial Purchaser or Initial Purchasers shall fail
or refuse to purchase Notes which it or they have agreed to purchase hereunder
on such date and the aggregate principal amount of Notes with respect to which
such default occurs is more than one-tenth of the aggregate principal amount of
Notes to be purchased on such date, and arrangements satisfactory to you and the
Company for the purchase of such Notes are not made within 36 hours after such
default, this Agreement shall terminate without liability on the part of any
non-defaulting Initial Purchaser or of the Company and the Guarantors. In any
such case either you or the Company shall have the right to postpone the Closing
Date, but in no event for longer than seven days, in order that the required
changes, if any, in the Final Memorandum or in any other documents or
arrangements may be effected.



<PAGE>   19


                                                                             19


         If this Agreement shall be terminated by the Initial Purchasers, or any
of them, because of any failure or refusal on the part of the Company or the
Guarantors to comply with the terms or to fulfill any of the conditions of this
Agreement, or if for any reason the Company or the Guarantors shall be unable to
perform their obligations under this Agreement, the Company and the Guarantors
will reimburse the Initial Purchasers or such Initial Purchasers as have so
terminated this Agreement with respect to themselves, severally, for all
out-of-pocket expenses (including the fees and disbursements of their counsel)
reasonably incurred by such Initial Purchasers in connection with this Agreement
or the offering contemplated hereunder.

         11. Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed in any number of
counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the
signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

         12. Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed
in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.




<PAGE>   20
                                                                             20



         13. Headings. The headings of the sections of this Agreement have been
inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed a part of
this Agreement.

                            Very truly yours,

                            LEAR CORPORATION

                            By:/s/ Joseph F. McCarthy
                               --------------------------------------
                               Name:  Joseph F. McCarthy
                               Title: Vice President, General Counsel
                                      and Secretary

                            LEAR OPERATIONS CORPORATION

                            By:/s/ Joseph F. McCarthy
                               --------------------------------------
                               Name:  Joseph F. McCarthy
                               Title: Vice President, Secretary and
                                      General Counsel

                            LEAR CORPORATION AUTOMOTIVE
                            HOLDINGS

                            By:/s/ Joseph F. McCarthy
                               --------------------------------------
                               Name:  Joseph F. McCarthy
                               Title: Vice President & Secretary

Accepted as of the date hereof

MORGAN STANLEY & CO. INCORPORATED
SALOMON SMITH BARNEY INC.
CHASE SECURITIES INC.
CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON CORPORATION
DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.
NATIONSBANC MONTGOMERY SECURITIES LLC
SCOTIA CAPITAL MARKETS (USA) INC.
TD SECURITIES (USA) INC.

Acting severally on behalf of themselves and the
       several Initial Purchasers named in
       Schedule I hereto.

By: MORGAN STANLEY & CO.
      INCORPORATED

By:/s/ Harold J. Hendershot III
    -------------------------------
   Name:  Harold J. Hendershot III
   Title: Vice President



<PAGE>   21




                                                                    SCHEDULE I

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>







                                                               PRINCIPAL AMOUNT                PRINCIPAL AMOUNT
                                                                OF 7.96% SENIOR                OF 8.11% SENIOR
                                                                NOTES DUE 2005                  NOTES DUE 2009   
INITIAL PURCHASER                                        ------------------------------ -------------------------------
- -----------------

<S>                                                             <C>                            <C>         
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated......................         $300,000,000                   $400,000,000
Salomon Smith Barney Inc...............................         $ 90,000,000                   $120,000,000
Chase Securities Inc...................................         $ 45,000,000                   $ 60,000,000
Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation.................         $ 45,000,000                   $ 60,000,000
Deutsche Bank Securities Inc...........................         $ 45,000,000                   $ 60,000,000
NationsBanc Montgomery Securities LLC..................         $ 45,000,000                   $ 60,000,000
Scotia Capital Markets (USA) Inc.......................         $ 15,000,000                   $ 20,000,000
TD Securities (USA) Inc................................         $ 15,000,000                   $ 20,000,000
                                                                ------------                   ------------

         Total.........................................         $600,000,000                   $800,000,000
                                                                ============                   ============
</TABLE>

                                                          


                                       I-1



<PAGE>   1
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.7



                          REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT



                               Dated May 18, 1999



                                      among



                                LEAR CORPORATION,


                          LEAR OPERATIONS CORPORATION,
                      LEAR CORPORATION AUTOMOTIVE HOLDINGS


                                       and


                        MORGAN STANLEY & CO. INCORPORATED
                            SALOMON SMITH BARNEY INC.
                              CHASE SECURITIES INC.
                     CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON CORPORATION
                          DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.
                      NATIONSBANC MONTGOMERY SECURITIES LLC
                        SCOTIA CAPITAL MARKETS (USA) INC.
                            TD SECURITIES (USA) INC.





- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------




<PAGE>   2

                  THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT ("AGREEMENT") is made and
entered into on May 18, 1999, among LEAR CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation
(the "COMPANY"), LEAR OPERATIONS CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation ("LOC") and
LEAR CORPORATION AUTOMOTIVE HOLDINGS, a Delaware corporation (together with LOC,
the "GUARANTORS"), and MORGAN STANLEY & CO. INCORPORATED, SALOMON SMITH BARNEY
INC., CHASE SECURITIES INC., CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON CORPORATION, DEUTSCHE
BANK SECURITIES INC., NATIONSBANC MONTGOMERY SECURITIES LLC, SCOTIA CAPITAL
MARKETS (USA) INC. and TD SECURITIES (USA) INC., as representatives of the
initial purchasers as listed in Schedule I of the Purchase Agreement (as defined
below) (the "INITIAL PURCHASERS").

                  This Agreement is made pursuant to the purchase agreement
dated May 13, 1999, among the Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers
(the "PURCHASE AGREEMENT"), which provides for the sale by the Company to the
Initial Purchasers of $600,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company's
7.96% Senior Notes due 2005 (the "2005 NOTES") and $800,000,000 aggregate
principal amount of the Company's 8.11% Senior Notes due 2009 (the "2009 NOTES",
and together with the 2005 Notes, the "NOTES") to be guaranteed on a joint and
several basis by the Guarantors. The Notes and the guarantees of the Guarantors
(the "GUARANTEES" and, together with the Notes, the "SECURITIES")) are to be
issued pursuant to the provisions of an Indenture dated as of May 15, 1999 (the
"INDENTURE") among the Company, the Guarantors and The Bank of New York, as
trustee (the "TRUSTEE"). In order to induce the Initial Purchasers to enter into
the Purchase Agreement, the Company and the Guarantors have agreed to provide to
the Initial Purchasers and their direct and indirect permitted transferees the
registration rights set forth in this Agreement. The execution of this Agreement
is a condition to the closing under the Purchase Agreement.

                  In consideration of the foregoing, the parties hereto agree as
follows:

                  1.  Definitions.  As used in this Agreement, the following 
capitalized defined terms shall have the following meanings:

                  "CLOSING DATE" shall mean the Closing Date as defined in the 
Purchase Agreement.

                  "COMMISSION" shall mean the Securities and Exchange
 Commission.

                  "COMPANY" shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble and
shall also include the Company's successors.

                  "EXCHANGE ACT" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended from time to time.

                  "EXCHANGE OFFER" shall mean the exchange offer by the Company
and the Guarantors of Exchange Securities for Registrable Securities pursuant to
Section 2(a) hereof.


<PAGE>   3



                  "EXCHANGE OFFER REGISTRATION" shall mean a registration under
the Securities Act effected pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof.

                  "EXCHANGE OFFER REGISTRATION STATEMENT" shall mean an exchange
offer registration statement on Form S-4 (or, if applicable, on another
appropriate form) and all amendments and supplements to such registration
statement, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits
thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein.

                  "EXCHANGE SECURITIES" shall mean securities issued by the
Company and the Guarantors under the Indenture containing terms identical to the
Securities (except that (i) interest thereon shall accrue from the date of 
issuance, and (ii) the Exchange Securities will not contain restrictions on 
transfer) and to be offered to Holders of Securities in exchange for Securities
pursuant to the Exchange Offer.

                  "GUARANTORS" shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble
and shall also include each Guarantor's successors.

                  "HOLDER" shall mean the Initial Purchasers, for so long as
they own any Registrable Securities, and each of their successors, assigns and
direct and indirect permitted transferees who become registered owners of
Registrable Securities under the Indenture; provided that for purposes of
Sections 4 and 5 of this Agreement, the term "Holder" shall include
Participating Broker-Dealers (as defined in Section 4(a)).

                  "INDENTURE" shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble
and shall include the Indenture as the same may be amended from time to time in
accordance with the terms thereof.

                  "INITIAL PURCHASERS" shall have the meaning set forth in the 
preamble.

                  "MAJORITY HOLDERS" shall mean the Holders of a majority of the
aggregate principal amount of outstanding Registrable Securities.

                  "PERSON" shall mean an individual, partnership, limited
liability company, corporation, trust or unincorporated organization, or a
government or agency or political subdivision thereof.

                  "PROSPECTUS" shall mean the prospectus included in a
Registration Statement, including any preliminary prospectus, and any such
prospectus as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, including a
prospectus supplement with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion
of the Registrable Securities covered by a Shelf Registration Statement, and by
all other amendments and supplements to such prospectus, and in each case
including all material incorporated by reference therein.

                  "PURCHASE AGREEMENT" shall have the meaning set forth in the 
preamble.

                  "REGISTRABLE SECURITIES" shall mean the Securities; provided,
however, that any Securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities when:




<PAGE>   4
                  (i)    such Securities have been exchanged for Exchange 
         Securities in the Exchange Offer;

                  (ii)   a Registration Statement with respect to such 
         Securities shall have been declared effective under the Securities Act
         and such Securities shall have been disposed of pursuant to such
         Registration Statement;

                  (iii)  such Securities have been distributed to the public
         pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act (or any similar provision
         then in force) or are eligible for sale without restriction pursuant to
         Rule 144(k) (or any similar provision then in force, but not Rule 144A)
         under the Securities Act; or

                  (iv)   such Securities shall have ceased to be outstanding.

                  "REGISTRATION EXPENSES" shall mean any and all expenses
incident to performance of or compliance by the Company and the Guarantors with
this Agreement, including without limitation:

                  (i)    all Commission, stock exchange or National Association 
         of Securities Dealers, Inc. registration and filing fees;

                  (ii)   all fees and expenses incurred in connection with
         compliance with state securities or Blue Sky laws (including reasonable
         fees and disbursements of counsel to any underwriters or Holders in
         connection with Blue Sky qualification of any of the Exchange
         Securities or Registrable Securities, if required pursuant to this
         Agreement);

                  (iii)  all expenses of any Persons engaged by the Company or
         the Guarantors in preparing or assisting in preparing, word processing,
         printing and distributing any Registration Statement, any Prospectus,
         any amendments or supplements thereto, any underwriting agreements,
         securities sales agreements and other documents relating to the
         performance of and compliance with this Agreement;

                  (iv)   all rating agency fees;

                  (v)    all fees and disbursements relating to the 
         qualification of the Indenture under applicable securities laws;

                  (vi)   the reasonable fees and disbursements of the Trustee 
         and its counsel;

                  (vii)  the fees and disbursements of counsel to the Company 
         and the Guarantors and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement,
         the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel to the Holders
         (which counsel shall be selected by the Majority Holders and which
         counsel may also be counsel to the Initial Purchasers); and

                  (viii) the fees and disbursements of the independent public
         accountants engaged by the Company and the Guarantors, including the
         expenses of any special audits or "cold comfort" letters required by or
         incident to such performance and compliance, but excluding fees and
         expenses of counsel to the underwriters (other than fees and expenses
         set forth in clause (ii) above) or the Holders and underwriting
         discounts and commissions



<PAGE>   5



         and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of 
         Registrable Securities by a Holder.

                  "REGISTRATION STATEMENT" shall mean any registration statement
of the Company and the Guarantors that covers any of the Exchange Securities or
Registrable Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement and all
amendments and supplements to any such Registration Statement, including
post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained
therein, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference
therein.

                  "SECURITIES ACT" shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as 
amended from time to time.

                  "SHELF REGISTRATION" shall mean a Registration effected
pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof.

                  "SHELF REGISTRATION STATEMENT" shall mean a "shelf"
registration statement of the Company and the Guarantors pursuant to the
provisions of Section 2(b) of this Agreement which covers all of the Registrable
Securities (but no other securities unless approved by the Holders whose
Registrable Securities are covered by such Shelf Registration Statement) on an
appropriate form under Rule 415 under the Securities Act, or any similar rule
that may be adopted by the Commission, and all amendments and supplements to
such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case
including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all
material incorporated by reference therein.

                  "TRUSTEE" shall mean the trustee with respect to the
Securities under the Indenture.

                  "UNDERWRITER" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3
hereof.

                  "UNDERWRITTEN REGISTRATION" or "UNDERWRITTEN OFFERING" shall
mean a registration in which Registrable Securities are sold to an Underwriter
for reoffering to the public.

                  2. Registration Under the Securities Act. (a) To the extent
not prohibited by any applicable law or applicable interpretation of the Staff
of the Commission, the Company and the Guarantors shall use their reasonable
best efforts to cause to be filed, within 120 days of the Closing Date, an
Exchange Offer Registration Statement covering the offer by the Company and the
Guarantors to the Holders to exchange all of the Registrable Securities for
Exchange Securities, to have the Exchange Offer Registration Statement declared
effective within 210 days of the Closing Date and to have such Registration
Statement remain effective until the closing of the Exchange Offer. The Company
and the Guarantors shall commence the Exchange Offer promptly after the Exchange
Offer Registration Statement has been declared effective by the Commission and
use their reasonable best efforts to consummate the Exchange Offer within 30
business days of the effective date of the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement. The Company and the Guarantors shall commence the Exchange Offer by
mailing the related Exchange Offer Prospectus and accompanying documents to each
Holder stating, in addition to such other disclosures as are required by
applicable law:




<PAGE>   6



                  (i)   that the Exchange Offer is being made pursuant to this
         Registration Rights Agreement and that all Registrable Securities
         validly tendered will be accepted for exchange;

                  (ii)  the dates of acceptance for exchange (which shall be a
         period of at least 20 business days from the date such notice is
         mailed) (the "Exchange Dates");

                  (iii) that any Registrable Security not tendered will remain
         outstanding and continue to accrue interest, but will not retain any
         rights under this Registration Rights Agreement;

                  (iv)  that Holders electing to have a Registrable Security
         exchanged pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be required to surrender
         such Registrable Security, together with the enclosed letters of
         transmittal, to the institution and at the address (located in the
         Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York) specified in the notice
         prior to the close of business on the last Exchange Date; and

                  (v)   that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their 
         election, not later than the close of business on the last Exchange
         Date, by sending to the institution and at the address (located in the
         Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York) specified in the notice a
         telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the
         name of such Holder, the principal amount of Registrable Securities
         delivered for exchange and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing
         his election to have such Securities exchanged.

                  As soon as practicable after the last Exchange Date, the
Company and the Guarantors shall:

                  (i)    accept for exchange Registrable Securities or portions
         thereof tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to the Exchange 
         Offer; and

                  (ii)   deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for
         cancellation all Registrable Securities or portions thereof so accepted
         for exchange by the Company and the Guarantors and issue, and cause the
         Trustee to promptly authenticate and mail to each Holder, an Exchange
         Security equal in principal amount to the principal amount of the
         Registrable Securities surrendered by such Holder.

                  The Company and the Guarantors shall use their reasonable best
efforts to complete the Exchange Offer as provided above and shall comply with
the applicable requirements of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and other
applicable laws and regulations in connection with the Exchange Offer. The
Exchange Offer shall not be subject to any conditions, other than that the
Exchange Offer does not violate applicable law or any applicable interpretation
of the Staff of the Commission. The Company shall inform the Initial Purchasers
of the names and addresses of the Holders to whom the Exchange Offer is made,
and the Initial Purchasers shall have the right, subject to applicable law, to
contact such Holders and otherwise facilitate the number of Registrable
Securities in the Exchange Offer.

                  For a period of 90 days after the last Exchange Date, the
Company and the Guarantors shall also use their reasonable best efforts to make
available a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act which may
be the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer


<PAGE>   7



Registration Statement or the Prospectus contained in a Shelf Registration
Statement, as such Registration Statements may be amended or supplemented from
time to time, to Holders which are broker-dealers (and which identify themselves
as such) in connection with resales of Exchange Securities received in exchange
for Registrable Securities, where such Registrable Securities were acquired by
such broker-dealers for their own account as a result of market-making or other
trading activities; provided that each Holder which is a broker-dealer agrees
that, upon receipt of notice from the Company of the occurrence of any event
which makes any statement in the Prospectus untrue in any material respect or
which requires the making of any changes in the Prospectus in order to make the
statements therein not misleading (which notice the Company agrees to deliver
promptly to such broker-dealer), such broker-dealer will suspend use of the
Prospectus until the Company has amended or supplemented the Prospectus to
correct such misstatement or omission and has furnished copies of the amended or
supplemented Prospectus to such broker-dealer. If the Company shall give any
such notice to suspend the use of the Prospectus, it shall extend the 90-day
period referred to above by the number of days during the period from and
including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the date when
broker-dealers shall have received copies of the supplemented or amended
Prospectus necessary to permit resales of the Exchange Securities.

                  In the event that, at the last Exchange Date, any of the
Initial Purchasers shall not have sold all of the Registrable Securities
initially purchased from the Company and the Guarantors by such Initial
Purchaser to unaffiliated investors, upon such Initial Purchaser's written
request (made within 10 days after the last Exchange Date), the Company and the
Guarantors will use their reasonable best efforts to file promptly, or if so
requested by any Initial Purchaser, on a later date (which date shall not exceed
the date that is six months after the Exchange Date), a Shelf Registration
Statement or a post-effective amendment to the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement, if acceptable to the Commission, to register all such Registrable
Securities for all such Initial Purchasers. The Company and the Guarantors will
keep such Shelf Registration Statement or other Registration Statement effective
and make available to such Initial Purchasers a Prospectus meeting of the
Securities Act for a period of 120 days, provided that each such Initial
Purchaser agrees that, upon receipt of notice from the Company of the happening
of any event which makes any statement in the Prospectus untrue in any material
respect or which requires the making of any changes in the Prospectus in order
to make the statements therein not materially misleading (which notice the
Company agrees to deliver promptly to such Initial Purchasers), such Initial
Purchaser will suspend use of the Prospectus until the Company has amended or
supplemented the Prospectus to correct such misstatement or omission and has
furnished copies of the amended or supplemented Prospectus to such Initial
Purchaser. If the Company shall give any such notice to suspend the use of the
Prospectus, it shall extend the 120-day period referred to above by the number
of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such
notice to and including the date when such Initial Purchasers shall have
received copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus necessary to permit
sales of their Securities.

                  (b) In the event that:

                  (i) the Company determines that the Exchange Offer
         Registration provided for in Section 2(a) above is not available or may
         not be consummated as soon as practicable after the last Exchange Date
         because it would violate applicable law or the applicable
         interpretations of the Staff of the Commission;




<PAGE>   8



                  (ii)  the Exchange Offer is not for any other reason
         consummated within 250 days of the Closing Date; or

                  (iii) the Exchange Offer has been completed and in the written
         opinion of counsel to the Initial Purchasers (a copy of which is
         furnished to the Company) a Registration Statement must be filed and a
         Prospectus must be delivered by the Initial Purchasers in connection
         with any offering or sale of Registrable Securities,

the Company and the Guarantors shall use their reasonable best efforts to cause
to be filed as soon as practicable after such determination, date or notice of
such opinion of counsel is given to the Company and the Guarantors, as the case
may be, a Shelf Registration Statement providing for the sale by the Holders of
all of the Registrable Securities and to have such Shelf Registration Statement
declared effective by the Commission. In the event the Company and the
Guarantors are required to file a Shelf Registration Statement solely as a
result of the matters referred to in clause (iii) of the preceding sentence, the
Company and the Guarantors shall use their reasonable best efforts to file and
have declared effective by the Commission both an Exchange Offer Registration
Statement pursuant to Section 2(a) with respect to all Registrable Securities
eligible to be included therein and a Shelf Registration Statement (which may be
a combined Registration Statement with the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement) with respect to offers and sales of Registrable Securities held by
the Initial Purchasers after completion of the Exchange Offer. The Company and
the Guarantors agree to use their reasonable best efforts to keep the Shelf
Registration Statement continuously effective until the expiration of the period
referred to in Rule 144(k) with respect to the Registrable Securities or such
shorter period that will terminate when all of the Registrable Securities
covered by the Shelf Registration Statement have been sold pursuant to the Shelf
Registration Statement. The Company and the Guarantors further agree to
supplement or amend the Shelf Registration Statement if required by the rules,
regulations or instructions applicable to the registration form used by the
Company and the Guarantors for such Shelf Registration Statement or by the
Securities Act or by any other rules and regulations thereunder for shelf
registration or if reasonably requested by a Holder with respect to information
relating to such Holder, and to use its reasonable best efforts to cause any
such amendment to become effective and such Shelf Registration Statement to
become usable as soon as thereafter practicable. The Company agrees to furnish
to the Holders of Registrable Securities copies of any such supplement or
amendment promptly after its being used or filed with the Commission.

                  (c) The Company and the Guarantors shall pay all Registration
Expenses in connection with the registration pursuant to Section 2(a) and
Section 2(b). Each Holder shall pay all underwriting discounts and commissions
and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of such Holder's
Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement.

                  (d) An Exchange Offer Registration Statement pursuant to
Section 2(a) hereof or a Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(b)
hereof will not be deemed to have become effective unless it has been declared
effective by the Commission; provided, however, that, if, after it has been
declared effective, the offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Shelf
Registration Statement is interfered with by any stop order, injunction or other
order or requirement of the Commission or any other governmental agency or
court, such Registration Statement will be deemed not to have become effective
during the period of such interference until the offering of Registrable
Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement may legally resume.



<PAGE>   9



                  If the Company or the Guarantors fail to comply with the above
provisions, additional interest (the "Additional Interest") shall be assessed as
follows:

                  (i)   If neither the Exchange Offer Registration Statement nor
         the Shelf Registration Statement, as applicable, is filed within 120
         days following the Closing Date, then commencing on the 121st day after
         the Closing Date, Additional Interest shall be accrued on the
         Registrable Securities affected thereby over and above the accrued
         interest at a rate of 0.25% per annum; or

                  (ii)  If an Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf
         Registration Statement is filed pursuant to (i) above and is not
         declared effective within 210 days following the Closing Date, then
         commencing on the 211th day after the Closing Date, Additional Interest
         shall be accrued on the Registrable Securities affected thereby over
         and above the accrued interest at a rate of 0.25% per annum; or

                  (iii) If either (A) the Company and the Guarantors have not
         exchanged Exchange Securities for all Securities validly tendered in
         accordance with the terms of the Exchange Offer on or prior to 30
         business days after the date on which the Exchange Offer Registration
         Statement was declared effective, or (B) if applicable, the Shelf
         Registration Statement has been declared effective but such Shelf
         Registration Statement ceases to be effective at any time prior to the
         expiration of the period referred to in Rule 144(k), then Additional
         Interest shall be accrued on the Registrable Securities affected
         thereby over and above the accrued interest at a rate of 0.25% per
         annum immediately following the (x) 31st business day after such
         effective date, in the case of (A) above, or (y) the day such Shelf
         Registration Statement ceases to be effective in the case of (B) above:

provided, however, that the Additional Interest rate on the Registrable
Securities may in no event exceed 0.25% per annum; and, provided, further, that
Additional Interest on the Registrable Securities as a result of such clause
(i), (ii) or (iii) shall cease to accrue upon:

                  (1) the filing of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or
         Shelf Registration Statement (in the case of (i) above);

                  (2) the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration
         Statement or Shelf Registration Statement (in the case of (ii) above);
         or

                  (3) the exchange of Exchange Securities for all Securities
         tendered or upon the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement
         which had ceased to remain effective prior to the expiration of the
         period referred to in Rule 144(k) (in the case of (iii) above),.

                  Any amounts of Additional Interest due pursuant to clauses
(i), (ii) or (iii) above will be payable in cash, on the same original payment
dates of the Securities. The amount of Additional Interest will be determined by
multiplying the applicable Additional Interest rate by the principal amount of
the Registrable Securities, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is
the number of days such Additional Interest rate was applicable during such
period (determined on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day
months), and the denominator of which is 360.




<PAGE>   10



                  Additional Interest shall not apply in the event that a Shelf
Registration Statement is required to be filed solely as a result of the matters
referred to in clause (iii) of Section 2(b) and shall not apply to Securities
that cease to be Registrable Securities.

                  (e) The accrual and payment of Additional Interest, as set
forth in Section 2(d), shall be the sole and exclusive remedy of the Holders and
the Initial Purchasers against the Company and the Guarantors for the breach by
the Company or the Guarantors of any of their obligations under Section 2.

                  3. Registration Procedures. In connection with the obligations
of the Company and the Guarantors with respect to the Registration Statements
pursuant to Section 2(a) and Section 2(b) hereof, the Company and the Guarantors
shall:

                  (a) prepare and file with the Commission a Registration
         Statement on the appropriate form under the Securities Act, which form
         (x) shall be selected by the Company and the Guarantors, (y) shall, in
         the case of a Shelf Registration, be available for the sale of the
         Registrable Securities by the selling Holders thereof and (z) shall
         comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the
         applicable form and include (or incorporate by reference) all financial
         statements required by the Commission to be filed therewith, and use is
         reasonable best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become
         effective and remain effective in accordance with Section 2 hereof;

                  (b) prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and
         post-effective amendments to each Registration Statement as may be
         necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective for the
         applicable period and cause each Prospectus to be supplemented by any
         required prospectus supplement and, as so supplemented, to be filed
         pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act and to use their
         respective best efforts keep each Prospectus current during the period
         described under Section 4(3) and Rule 174 under the Securities Act that
         is applicable to transactions by brokers or dealers with respect to the
         Registrable Securities or Exchange Securities;

                  (c) in the case of a Shelf Registration, furnish to each
         Holder of Registrable Securities participating therein, to counsel to
         the Initial Purchasers, to counsel to the Holders and to each
         Underwriter of an Underwritten Offering of Registrable Securities, if
         any, without charge, as many copies of each Prospectus, including each
         preliminary Prospectus, and any amendment or supplement thereto and
         such other documents as such Holder or Underwriter may reasonably
         request, in order to facilitate the public sale or other disposition of
         the Registrable Securities; and the Company and the Guarantors consent
         to the use of such Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto
         in accordance with applicable law by each of the selling Holders of
         Registrable Securities and any such Underwriters in connection with the
         offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by and in the
         manner described in such Prospectus or any amendment or supplement
         thereto in accordance with applicable law;

                  (d) use their reasonable best efforts to register or qualify
         the Registrable Securities under all applicable state securities or
         "Blue Sky" laws of such jurisdictions as any Holder of Registrable
         Securities covered by a Registration Statement shall reasonably request
         in writing by the time the applicable Registration Statement is
         declared effective 

<PAGE>   11

         by the Commission, to cooperate with such Holders in connection with
         any filings required to be made with the National Association of
         Securities Dealers, Inc. and do any and all other acts and things which
         may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such Holder to 
         consummate the disposition in each such jurisdiction of such
         Registrable Securities owned by such Holder, provided, however, that
         neither the Company nor the Guarantors shall be required to (i)
         qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any
         jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but
         for this Section 3(d), (ii) file any general consent to service of
         process or (iii) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction
         if it is not so subject;

                  (e) in the case of a Shelf Registration, notify each Holder of
         Registrable Securities participating therein, counsel to the Holders
         and counsel to the Initial Purchasers promptly and, if requested by any
         such Holder or counsel, confirm in writing:

                         (i)  when a Registration Statement has become effective
                  and when any post-effective amendment thereto has been filed
                  and becomes effective;

                        (ii)  of any request by the Commission or any state
                  securities authority for amendments and supplements to a
                  Registration Statement and Prospectus or for additional
                  information after the Registration Statement has become
                  effective;

                       (iii)  of the issuance by the Commission or any state
                  securities authority of any stop order suspending the
                  effectiveness of a Registration Statement or the initiation of
                  any proceedings for that purpose;

                        (iv)  if, between the effective date of a Registration
                  Statement and the closing of any sale of Registrable
                  Securities covered thereby, the representations and warranties
                  of the Company and the Guarantors contained in any
                  underwriting agreement, securities sales agreement or other
                  similar agreement, if any, relating to the offering cease to
                  be true and correct in all material respects or if the Company
                  or the Guarantors receive any notification with respect to the
                  suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities
                  for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation of any
                  proceeding for such purpose;

                         (v)  of the happening of any event during the period a
                  Shelf Registration Statement is effective which makes any
                  statement made in such Registration Statement or the related
                  Prospectus untrue in any material respect or which requires
                  the making of any changes in such Registration Statement or
                  Prospectus in order to make the statements therein not
                  materially misleading; and

                         (vi) of any determination by the Company or the
                  Guarantors that a post- effective amendment to a
                  Registration Statement would be appropriate;

                  (f) make every reasonable effort to obtain the withdrawal of
         any order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement at
         the earliest possible moment and provide immediate notice to each
         Holder of the withdrawal of any such order;

                  (g) in the case of a Shelf Registration, furnish to each
         Holder of Registrable Securities participating therein, without charge,
         at least one conformed copy of each



<PAGE>   12



         Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto
         (without documents incorporated therein by reference or exhibits
         thereto, unless requested);

                  (h) in the case of a Shelf Registration, cooperate with the
         selling Holders of Registrable Securities to facilitate the timely
         preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable
         Securities to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends and
         enable such Registrable Securities to be in such denominations
         (consistent with the provisions of the Indenture) and registered in
         such names as the selling Holders may reasonably request at least one
         business day prior to the closing of any sale of Registrable
         Securities;

                  (i) in the case of a Shelf Registration, upon the occurrence
         of any event contemplated by Section 3(e) hereof, use its reasonable
         best efforts to prepare and file with the Commission a supplement or
         post-effective amendment to a Registration Statement or the related
         Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference or file
         any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the
         purchasers of the Registrable Securities, such Prospectus will not
         contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a
         material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the
         circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The Company
         and the Guarantors agree to notify the Holders to suspend use of the
         Prospectus as promptly as practicable after the occurrence of such an
         event, and the Holders hereby agree to suspend use of the Prospectus
         until the Company and the Guarantors has amended or supplemented the
         Prospectus to correct such misstatement or omission;

                  (j) in the case of a Shelf Registration, a reasonable time
         prior to the filing of any Shelf Registration Statement, any
         Prospectus, any amendment to a Shelf Registration Statement or
         amendment or supplement to a Prospectus or any document which is to be
         incorporated by reference into a Shelf Registration Statement or a
         Prospectus after initial filing of a Shelf Registration Statement,
         provide copies of such document to the Holders participating therein
         and their counsel and make such of the representatives of the Company
         and the Guarantors as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders
         participating therein or their counsel available for discussion of such
         document, and shall not at any time file or make any amendment to the
         Shelf Registration Statement, any Prospectus or any amendment of or
         supplement to a Shelf Registration Statement or a Prospectus or any
         document which is to be incorporated by reference into a Shelf
         Registration Statement or a Prospectus, of which the Holders
         participating therein and their counsel shall not have previously been
         advised and furnished a copy, except for any amendment or supplement or
         document (a copy of which has been previously furnished to the Holders
         participating therein and their counsel) which counsel to the Company
         and the Guarantors shall advise the Company and the Guarantors is
         required in order to comply with applicable law;

                  (k) obtain a CUSIP number for all Exchange Securities or
         Registrable Securities, as the case may be, not later than the
         effective date of the applicable Registration Statement;

                  (l) cause the Indenture to remain qualified under the Trust
         Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the "TRUST INDENTURE ACT"), in
         connection with the registration of the Exchange Securities or
         Registrable Securities, as the case may be, cooperate with the


<PAGE>   13
         Trustee and the Holders to effect such changes to the Indenture as may
         be required for the Indenture to remain so qualified in accordance with
         the terms of the Trust Indenture Act and execute, and use its
         reasonable best efforts to cause the Trustee to execute, all documents 
         as may be required to effect such changes and all other forms and
         documents required to be filed with the Commission to enable the
         Indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner;

                  (m) in the case of a Shelf Registration, make available for
         inspection by a representative of the Holders of the Registrable
         Securities participating therein, any Underwriter participating in any
         disposition pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement, and
         attorneys and accountants designated by the Majority Holders, at
         reasonable times and in a reasonable manner, all material financial and
         other records, pertinent documents and properties of the Company and
         the Guarantors, and use their respective reasonable best efforts to
         cause the respective officers, directors and employees of the Company
         and the Guarantors to supply all information reasonably requested by
         any such representative, Underwriter, attorney or accountant in
         connection with a Shelf Registration Statement; provided, however, that
         each such party shall be required to maintain in confidence and not to
         disclose to any other person any information or records reasonably
         designated by the Company and the Guarantors as being confidential,
         until such time as:

                         (i) such information becomes a matter of public record
                  (whether by virtue of its inclusion in such registration
                  statement or otherwise but excluding any matter that becomes
                  public by virtue of the breach by any Holder of its
                  obligations to maintain the confidentiality of any such
                  information);

                        (ii) such person shall be required so to disclose such
                  information pursuant to a subpoena or order of any court or
                  other governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the
                  matter (subject to the requirements of such order, and only
                  after such person shall have given the Company and the
                  Guarantors prompt prior written notice of such requirement and
                  the opportunity to contest the same or seek an appropriate
                  protective order); or

                       (iii) such information is required to be set forth in suc
                  Shelf Registration Statement or the Prospectus included
                  therein or in an amendment to such Shelf Registration
                  Statement or an amendment or supplement to such Prospectus in
                  order that such Shelf Registration Statement, Prospectus,
                  amendment or supplement, as the case may be, does not contain
                  an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state
                  therein a material fact required to be stated therein or
                  necessary to make the statements therein not misleading;

                  (n) in the case of a Shelf Registration, use its reasonable
         best efforts to cause all Registrable Securities to be listed on any
         securities exchange or any automated quotation system on which
         securities issued by the Company and the Guarantors of the same class
         are then listed if requested by the Majority Holders, to the extent
         such Registrable Securities satisfy applicable listing requirements;

                  (o) if reasonably requested by any Holder of Registrable
         Securities covered by a Shelf Registration Statement, use its best
         efforts to:




<PAGE>   14
                           (i)  incorporate in a Prospectus supplement or
                  post-effective amendment such information with respect to such
                  Holder as such Holder reasonably requests to be included
                  therein; and

                           (ii) make all required filings of such Prospectus
                  supplement or such post-effective amendment as soon as the
                  Company or the Guarantors have received notification of the
                  matters to be incorporated in such filing;

         provided that neither the Company nor any Guarantor shall be required
         to take any action under this paragraph (o) that is not, in the opinion
         of counsel to the Company, legally required; provided, however, that
         such opinion shall be in writing and delivered to the Holder; and

                  (p) in the case of a Shelf Registration, enter into such
         customary agreements and take all such other reasonable actions in
         connection therewith (including those reasonably requested by the
         Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities being sold) in
         order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable
         Securities including, but not limited to, an Underwritten Offering and
         in such connection:

                        (i) to the extent possible, make such representations
                  and warranties to the Holders and any Underwriters of such
                  Registrable Securities with respect to the business of the
                  Company and its subsidiaries, the Shelf Registration
                  Statement, Prospectus and documents incorporated by reference
                  or deemed incorporated by reference, if any, in each case, in
                  form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers
                  to underwriters in underwritten offerings of this type and
                  confirm the same if and when requested;

                       (ii)  use its reasonable best efforts to obtain opinions 
                  of counsel to the Company and the Guarantors (which counsel 
                  and opinions, in form, scope and substance, shall be 
                  reasonably satisfactory to the Holders and such Underwriters 
                  and their respective counsel) addressed to each selling Holder
                  and Underwriter of Registrable Securities, covering the
                  matters customarily covered in opinions requested in 
                  underwritten offerings of this type;

                       (iii) use its reasonable best efforts to obtain "cold
                  comfort" letters from the independent certified public
                  accountants of the Company and the Guarantors (and, if
                  necessary, any other certified public accountant of any
                  subsidiary of the Company, or of any business acquired by the
                  Company or the Guarantors for which financial statements and
                  financial data are or are required to be included in the Shelf
                  Registration Statement) addressed to each selling Holder and
                  Underwriter of Registrable Securities, such letters to be in
                  customary form and covering matters of the type customarily
                  covered in "cold comfort" letters in connection with
                  underwritten offerings of this type; provided that any such
                  accountant receives appropriate documentation as contemplated,
                  and only if permitted, by Statement of Auditing Standards Nos.
                  71 or 72; and

                        (iv) deliver such documents and certificates as may be
                  reasonably requested by the Holders of a majority in principal
                  amount of the Registrable Securities being sold or the
                  Underwriters, and which are customarily delivered in
                  underwritten



<PAGE>   15



                  offerings, to evidence the continued validity of the
                  representations and warranties of the Company and the
                  Guarantors made pursuant to clause (i) above and to evidence
                  compliance with any customary conditions contained in an
                  underwriting agreement.

                  In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Company and
the Guarantors may require each Holder of Registrable Securities to furnish to
the Company and the Guarantors such information regarding the Holder and the
proposed distribution by such Holder of such Registrable Securities as the
Company or the Guarantors may from time to time reasonably request in writing.

                  In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, each Holder
agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company or the Guarantors of
the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 3(e)(v) hereof, such
Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant
to the Shelf Registration Statement until such Holder's receipt of the copies of
the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 3(i) hereof, and,
if so directed by the Company or the Guarantors, such Holder will deliver to the
Company or the Guarantors (at their expense) all copies in its possession, other
than permanent file copies then in such Holder's possession, of the Prospectus
covering such Registrable Securities current at the time of receipt of such
notice and shall not use such Shelf Registration Statement or Prospectus until
amended or supplemented. If the Company or the Guarantors shall give any such
notice to suspend the disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Shelf
Registration Statement, the Company and the Guarantors shall extend the period
during which the Shelf Registration Statement shall be maintained effective
pursuant to this Agreement by the number of days during the period from and
including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the date when
the Holders shall have received copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus
necessary to resume such dispositions. The Company or the Guarantors may give
any such notice only twice during any 365 day period and any such suspensions
may not exceed 30 days for each suspension and there may not be more than two
suspensions in effect during any 365 day period.

                  The Holders of Registrable Securities covered by a Shelf
Registration Statement who desire to do so may sell such Registrable Securities
in an Underwritten Offering. In any such Underwritten Offering, the investment
banker or investment bankers and manager or managers (the "Underwriters") that
will administer the offering will be selected by the Majority Holders of the
Registrable Securities included in such offering, subject to the consent of the
Company (which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and such Holders
shall be responsible for all underwriting commissions and discounts.

                  4. Participation of Broker-Dealers in Exchange Offer. (a) The
Staff of the Commission has taken the position that any broker-dealer that
receives Exchange Securities for its own account in the Exchange Offer in
exchange for Securities that were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of
market-making or other trading activities (a "Participating Broker-Dealer"), may
be deemed to be an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act and
must deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in
connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities.

                  The Company and the Guarantors understand that it is the
Staff's position that if the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement includes a plan of distribution containing a statement to
the above effect and the means by which Participating



<PAGE>   16



Broker-Dealers may resell the Exchange Securities, without naming the
Participating Broker- Dealers or specifying the amount of Exchange Securities
owned by them, such Prospectus may be delivered by Participating Broker-Dealers
to satisfy their prospectus delivery obligation under the Securities Act in
connection with resales of Exchange Securities for their own accounts, so long
as the Prospectus otherwise meets the requirements of the Securities Act.

                  5.  Indemnification and Contribution.

                  (a) Each of the Company and the Guarantors jointly and
severally agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Initial Purchasers, each
Holder and each Person, if any, who controls any Initial Purchaser or any Holder
within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of
the Exchange Act, or is under common control with, or is controlled by, any
Initial Purchaser or any Holder, from and against all losses, claims, damages
and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses
reasonably incurred by the Initial Purchaser, any Holder or any such controlling
or affiliated Person in connection with defending or investigating any such
action or claim) caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a
material fact contained in any Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto)
pursuant to which Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities were registered
under the Securities Act, including all documents incorporated therein by
reference, or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a
material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
therein not misleading, or caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue
statement of a material fact contained in any Prospectus (as amended or
supplemented if the Company or the Guarantors shall have furnished any
amendments or supplements thereto), or caused by any omission or alleged
omission to state therein a material fact necessary to make the statements
therein in light of the circumstances under which they were made not misleading,
except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities are caused by any
such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission based
upon information relating to the Initial Purchasers or any Holder furnished to
the Company in writing by the Initial Purchasers or any selling Holder expressly
for use therein. In connection with any Underwritten Offering permitted by
Section 3, the Company and the Guarantors will also jointly and severally
indemnify the Underwriters, if any, selling brokers, dealers and similar
securities industry professionals participating in the distribution, their
officers and directors and each Person who controls such Persons (within the
meaning of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act) to the same extent as
provided above with respect to the indemnification of the Holders, if requested
in connection with any Registration Statement.

                  (b) Each Holder agrees, severally and not jointly, to
indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the Guarantors, the Initial Purchasers
and the other selling Holders, and each of their respective directors, officers
who sign the Registration Statement and each Person, if any, who controls the
Company or the Guarantors, any Initial Purchaser and any other selling Holder
within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of
the Exchange Act to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Company
to the Initial Purchasers and the Holders, but only with reference to
information relating to such Holder furnished to the Company in writing by such
Holder expressly for use in any Registration Statement (or any amendment
thereto) or any Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto).

                  (c) In case any proceeding (including any governmental
investigation) shall be instituted involving any Person in respect of which
indemnity may be sought pursuant to either



<PAGE>   17



Section 5(a) or 5(b), such Person (the "INDEMNIFIED PARTY") shall promptly
notify the Person against whom such indemnity may be sought (the "INDEMNIFYING
PARTY") in writing and the indemnifying party, upon request of the indemnified
party, shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to
represent the indemnified party and any others the indemnifying party may
designate in such proceeding and shall pay the fees and disbursements of such
counsel related to such proceeding. In any such proceeding, the indemnifying
party shall be entitled to participate in such proceeding and, to the extent
that it so elects, jointly with any other similarly notified indemnifying party,
to assume the defense thereof, subject to the right of the indemnified party to
be separately represented and to direct its own defense if the named parties to
any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the
indemnifying party and the indemnified party and the indemnified party has been
advised by counsel that representation of both parties by the same counsel would
be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. In
any such proceeding, any indemnified party shall have the right to retain its
own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense
of such indemnified party unless:

                  (i)  the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall 
         have mutually agreed to the retention of such counsel; or

                  (ii) the named parties to any such proceeding (including any
         impeded parties) include both the indemnifying party and the
         indemnified party and the indemnified party has been advised by counsel
         that representation of both parties by the same counsel would be
         inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between
         them.

It is understood that the indemnifying party shall not, in connection with any
proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for:

                  (A) the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in
         addition to any local counsel) for the Initial Purchasers, any Holders
         and all Persons, if any, who control any Initial Purchaser or any
         Holder within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or
         Section 20 of the Exchange Act; and

                  (b) the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in
         addition to any local counsel) for the Company, the Guarantors, their
         directors, their officers who sign the Registration Statement and each
         Person, if any, who controls the Company or the Guarantors within the
         meaning of either such Section, and

that all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed, upon reasonable request, as
they are incurred. The indemnifying party shall not be liable for any settlement
of any proceeding effected without its written consent but, if settled with such
consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the indemnifying
party agrees to indemnify the indemnified party from and against any loss or
liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. No indemnifying party shall,
without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any
settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which such
indemnified party is a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by
such indemnified party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release
of such indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the subject
matter of such proceeding.

<PAGE>   18
                  (d) If the indemnification provided for in paragraph (a) or
paragraph (b) of this Section 5 is unavailable to an indemnified party or
insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, then each
indemnifying party under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such
indemnified  party thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by
such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or 
liabilities in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault
of the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and of the indemnified 
party or parties on the other hand in connection with the statements or 
omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well
as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the
Company, the Guarantors and the Holders shall be determined by reference to,
among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material
fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to
information supplied by the Company, the Guarantors or by the Holders and the
parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to
correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Holders' respective
obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 5(d) are several in
proportion to the respective principal amount of Registrable Securities of any
such Holder that were registered pursuant to a Registration Statement.

                  (e) The Company, the Guarantors and each Holder agree that it
would not be just or equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 5 were
determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does
not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in paragraph (d)
above. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the
losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in paragraph (d) above shall
be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or
other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with
investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the
provisions of this Section 5, no Holder shall be required to indemnify or
contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which
Registrable Securities were sold by such Holder exceeds the amount of any
damages that such Holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such
untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No Person
guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of
the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was
not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The remedies provided for in
this Section 5 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies
which may otherwise be available to any indemnified party at law or in equity.

                  The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this
Section 5 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of:

                  (i)    any termination of this Agreement;

                  (ii)   any investigation made by or on behalf of the Initial
         Purchasers, any Holder or any Person controlling any Initial Purchaser
         or any Holder, or by or on behalf of the Company, the Guarantors, their
         officers or directors or any Person controlling the Company or the
         Guarantors;

                  (iii)  acceptance of any of the Exchange Securities; and

                  (iv)   any sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Shelf
         Registration Statement.



<PAGE>   19


                  6.  Miscellaneous.  (a) No Inconsistent Agreements.  Neither
the Company nor the Guarantors have entered into, and on or after the date of
this Agreement will not enter into, any agreement which is inconsistent with the
rights granted to the Holders of Registrable Securities in this Agreement or
otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof. The rights granted to the Holder
hereunder do not in any way conflict with and are not inconsistent with the
rights granted to the holders of other issued and outstanding securities of the
Company or the Guarantors under any such agreements.

                  (b) Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement,
including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, modified or
supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof
may not be given unless the Company and the Guarantors have obtained the written
consent of Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the
outstanding Registrable Securities affected by such amendment, modification,
supplement, waiver or consent.

                  (c) Notices. All notices and other communications provided for
or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, registered
first-class mail, telex, telecopier, or any courier guaranteeing overnight
delivery (i) if to a Holder, at the most current address given by such Holder to
the Company and the Guarantors by means of a notice given in accordance with the
provisions of this Section 6(c), which address initially is, with respect to the
Initial Purchasers, the address set forth in the Purchase Agreement, and (ii) if
to the Company or the Guarantors, initially at the Company's address set forth
in the Purchase Agreement and thereafter at such other address, notice of which
is given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(c).

                  All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have
been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five
business days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed;
when answered back, if telexed; when receipt is acknowledged, if telecopied; and
on the next business day if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing
overnight delivery.

                  Copies of all such notices, demands, or other communications
shall be concurrently delivered by the Person giving the same to the Trustee, at
the address specified in the Indenture.

                  (d) Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the
benefit of and be binding upon the successors, assigns and transferees of each
of the parties, including, without limitation and without the need for an
express assignment, subsequent Holders; provided that nothing herein shall be
deemed to permit any assignment, transfer or other disposition of Registrable
Securities in violation of the terms of the Purchase Agreement. If any
transferee of any Holder shall acquire Registrable Securities, in any manner,
whether by operation of law or otherwise, such Registrable Securities shall be
held subject to all of the terms of this Agreement, and by taking and holding
such Registrable Securities such Person shall be conclusively deemed to have
agreed to be bound by and to perform all of the terms and provisions of this
Agreement and such Person shall be entitled to receive the benefits hereof. The
Initial Purchasers (in their capacity as Initial Purchasers) shall have no
liability or obligation to the Company or the Guarantors with respect to any
failure by a Holder to comply with, or any breach by any Holder of, any of the
obligations of such Holder under this Agreement.




<PAGE>   20



                  (e) Purchases and Sales of Securities. The Company and the
Guarantors shall not, and shall use their best efforts to cause their affiliates
(as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) not to, purchase and then
resell or otherwise transfer any Securities.

                  (f) Third Party Beneficiary. The Holders shall be third party
beneficiaries to the agreements made hereunder between the Company and the
Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Initial Purchasers, on the other hand, and
shall have the right to enforce such agreements directly to the extent it deems
such enforcement necessary or advisable to protect its rights or the rights of
Holders hereunder.

                  (g) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number
of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterpart, each of which
when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken
together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

                  (h) Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for
convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the
meaning hereof.

                  (i) Severability. In the event that any one or more of the
provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is
held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and
enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining
provisions contained herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby.





<PAGE>   21




                  (j) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and 
construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.


                                        LEAR CORPORATION


                                        By /s/ Joseph F. McCarthy
                                          --------------------------------
                                           Name: Joseph F. McCarthy
                                           Title: Vice President, 
                                                  General Counsel and Secretary


                                        LEAR OPERATIONS CORPORATION


                                        By /s/ Joseph F. McCarthy
                                          --------------------------------
                                           Name: Joseph F. McCarthy
                                           Title: Vice President, Secretary 
                                                  and General Counsel


                                        LEAR CORPORATION AUTOMOTIVE
                                        HOLDINGS


                                        By /s/ Joseph F. McCarthy
                                          -------------------------------
                                           Name:  Joseph F. McCarthy
                                           Title: Vice President and Secretary

Confirmed and accepted on behalf of
the Initial Purchasers as of the date 
first above written:

MORGAN STANLEY & CO.
INCORPORATED


By: /s/ Harold J. Hendershot III
   ------------------------------------
       Name: Harold J. Hendershot III
       Title:   Vice President







<PAGE>   1
================================================================================
                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.8


                                    INDENTURE

                                      among

                                LEAR CORPORATION,

                                   as Issuer,

                 THE GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO FROM TIME TO TIME,

                                 as Guarantors,

                                       and

                              THE BANK OF NEW YORK,

                                   as Trustee

                    $600,000,000 7.96% Senior Notes due 2005

                    $800,000,000 8.11% Senior Notes due 2009



                            Dated as of May 15, 1999

================================================================================


<PAGE>   2
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                               Page
                                                                                                               ----

<S>                                                                                                              <C>
ARTICLE I

         DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE...............................................................1
         SECTION 1.01.  Definitions...............................................................................1
         SECTION 1.02.  Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act........................................11
         SECTION 1.03.  Rules of Construction....................................................................11

ARTICLE II

         THE NOTES...............................................................................................12
         SECTION 2.01.  Form and Dating..........................................................................12
         SECTION 2.02.  Restrictive Legends......................................................................14
         SECTION 2.03.  Execution and Authentication.............................................................16
         SECTION 2.04.  Registrar and Paying Agent...............................................................17
         SECTION 2.05.  Paying Agent to Hold Assets in Trust.....................................................18
         SECTION 2.06.  Holder Lists.............................................................................18
         SECTION 2.07.  General Provisions Relating to Transfer and Exchange.....................................18
         SECTION 2.08.  Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes...................................................20
         SECTION 2.09.  Special Transfer Provisions..............................................................21
         SECTION 2.10.  Replacement Notes........................................................................26
         SECTION 2.11.  Outstanding Notes........................................................................26
         SECTION 2.12.  Treasury Notes...........................................................................26
         SECTION 2.13.  Temporary Notes..........................................................................27
         SECTION 2.14.  Cancellation.............................................................................27
         SECTION 2.15.  CUSIP Numbers............................................................................27
         SECTION 2.16.  Defaulted Interest.......................................................................27
         SECTION 2.17.  Special Record Dates.....................................................................28

ARTICLE III

         REDEMPTION..............................................................................................28
         SECTION 3.01.  Notices to Trustee.......................................................................28
         SECTION 3.02.  Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed........................................................28
         SECTION 3.03.  Notice of Redemption.....................................................................29
         SECTION 3.04.  Effect of Notice of Redemption...........................................................29
         SECTION 3.05.  Deposit of Redemption Price..............................................................30
         SECTION 3.06.  Notes Redeemed in Part...................................................................30
</TABLE>

                                       ii



<PAGE>   3

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                             <C>
         SECTION 3.07.  Optional Redemption......................................................................30

ARTICLE IV

         COVENANTS...............................................................................................32
         SECTION 4.01.  Payment of Notes.........................................................................32
         SECTION 4.02.  Maintenance of Office or Agency..........................................................32
         SECTION 4.03.  Reports..................................................................................33
         SECTION 4.04.  Compliance Certificate...................................................................33
         SECTION 4.05.  Taxes....................................................................................33
         SECTION 4.06.  Corporate Existence......................................................................33
         SECTION 4.07.  Limitation on Liens......................................................................34
         SECTION 4.08.  Limitation on Sale and Lease-Back Transactions...........................................34

ARTICLE V

         MERGER, ETC.............................................................................................35
         SECTION 5.01.  When Company May Merge, etc..............................................................35
         SECTION 5.02.  Successor Corporation Substituted........................................................36

ARTICLE VI

         DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES...................................................................................36
         SECTION 6.01.  Events of Default........................................................................36
         SECTION 6.02.  Acceleration.............................................................................38
         SECTION 6.03.  Other Remedies...........................................................................38
         SECTION 6.04.  Waiver of Past Defaults..................................................................38
         SECTION 6.05.  Control by Majority......................................................................39
         SECTION 6.06.  Limitation on Suits......................................................................39
         SECTION 6.07.  Rights of Holders To Receive Payment.....................................................40
         SECTION 6.08.  Collection Suit by Trustee...............................................................40
         SECTION 6.09.  Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.........................................................40
         SECTION 6.10.  Priorities...............................................................................41
         SECTION 6.11.  Undertaking for Costs....................................................................41
         SECTION 6.12.  Stay, Extension and Usury Laws...........................................................41

ARTICLE VII

         TRUSTEE.................................................................................................42
         SECTION 7.01.  Duties of Trustee........................................................................42
         SECTION 7.02.  Rights of Trustee........................................................................43
         SECTION 7.03.  Individual Rights of Trustee.............................................................44
         SECTION 7.04.  Money Held in Trust......................................................................44

</TABLE>

                                       iii

<PAGE>   4

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                             <C>
         SECTION 7.05.  Trustee's Disclaimer.....................................................................44
         SECTION 7.06.  Notice of Defaults.......................................................................45
         SECTION 7.07.  Reports by Trustee to Holders............................................................45
         SECTION 7.08.  Compensation and Indemnity...............................................................45
         SECTION 7.09.  Replacement of Trustee...................................................................46
         SECTION 7.10.  Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc.........................................................48
         SECTION 7.11.  Eligibility; Disqualification............................................................48
         SECTION 7.12.  Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company....................................48

ARTICLE VIII

         DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE..................................................................................48
         SECTION 8.01.  Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture..................................................48
         SECTION 8.02.  Application of Trust Funds; Indemnification..............................................49
         SECTION 8.03.  Legal Defeasance.........................................................................50
         SECTION 8.04.  Covenant Defeasance......................................................................51
         SECTION 8.05.  Repayment to Company.....................................................................53

ARTICLE IX

         AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS.....................................................................53
         SECTION 9.01.  Without Consent of Holders...............................................................53
         SECTION 9.02.  With Consent of Holders..................................................................54
         SECTION 9.03.  Compliance with Trust Indenture Act......................................................55
         SECTION 9.04.  Revocation and Effect of Consents........................................................55
         SECTION 9.05.  Notation on or Exchange of Notes.........................................................55
         SECTION 9.06.  Trustee to Sign Amendment, ..............................................................56

ARTICLE X

         GUARANTEES..............................................................................................56
         SECTION 10.01.  Guarantees..............................................................................56
         SECTION 10.02.  Obligations of Guarantors Unconditional.................................................58
         SECTION 10.03.  Limitation on Guarantors' Liability.....................................................58
         SECTION 10.04.  Releases of Guarantees..................................................................59
         SECTION 10.05.  Application of Certain Terms and Provisions to Guarantors...............................59
         SECTION 10.06.  Additional Guarantors...................................................................60

ARTICLE XI

         MISCELLANEOUS...........................................................................................60
         SECTION 11.01.  Trust Indenture Act Controls............................................................60
         SECTION 11.02.  Notices.................................................................................60


</TABLE>
                                       iv

<PAGE>   5

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                             <C>
         SECTION 11.03.  Communication by Holders with Other Holders.............................................62
         SECTION 11.04.  Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent......................................62
         SECTION 11.05.  Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion...........................................62
         SECTION 11.06.  Rules by Trustee and Agents.............................................................63
         SECTION 11.07.  Legal Holidays..........................................................................63
         SECTION 11.08.  Duplicate Originals.....................................................................63
         SECTION 11.09.  Governing Law...........................................................................63
         SECTION 11.10.  No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements...........................................63
         SECTION 11.11.  Successors..............................................................................63
         SECTION 11.12.  Severability............................................................................63
         SECTION 11.13.  Counterpart Originals...................................................................64


EXHIBIT A:        Form of 2005 Note.............................................................................A-1
EXHIBIT B:        Form of 2009 Note ............................................................................B-1
EXHIBIT C:        Form Certificate to be Delivered By Holder in Connection with
                  with Exchanging Regulation S Temporary Global Notes for
                  Regulation S Permanent Global Notes...........................................................C-1
EXHIBIT D:        Form of Certificate to be Delivered By Transferee in Connection with
                  Transfers to Institutional Accredited Investors Which Are Not
                  Qualified Institutional Buyers................................................................D-1
EXHIBIT E:        Form of Certificate to be Delivered By Transferor in Connection with
                  Transfers Pursuant to Regulation S............................................................E-1

</TABLE>

                                       v

<PAGE>   6



                             CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE*
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Trust Indenture                                                                                           Indenture
Act Section                                                                                                 Section
- -----------                                                                                                 -------
<S>                                                                                                            <C> 
310(a)(1)......................................................................................................7.10
   (a)(2)......................................................................................................7.10
   (a)(3).......................................................................................................n/a
   (a)(4).......................................................................................................n/a
   (a)(5)......................................................................................................7.10
   (b)...................................................................................................7.03; 7.10
   (c)..........................................................................................................n/a

311(a).........................................................................................................7.11
   (b).........................................................................................................7.11
   (c)..........................................................................................................n/a

312(a).........................................................................................................2.06
   (b)........................................................................................................11.03
   (c)........................................................................................................11.03

313(a).........................................................................................................7.06
   (b)(1).......................................................................................................n/a
   (b)(2)................................................................................................7.06; 7.07
   (c)..................................................................................................7.06; 11.02
   (d).........................................................................................................7.06

314(a)(1),(2),(3).......................................................................................4.03; 11.05
   (a)(4)......................................................................................................4.04
   (b)..........................................................................................................n/a
   (c)(1).....................................................................................................11.04
   (c)(2).....................................................................................................11.04
   (c)(3).......................................................................................................n/a
   (d)..........................................................................................................n/a
   (e)........................................................................................................11.05
   (f)..........................................................................................................n/a

315(a)......................................................................................................7.01(b)
   (b)..................................................................................................7.05; 11.02
   (c)......................................................................................................7.01(a)
   (d)......................................................................................................7.01(c)
   (e).........................................................................................................6.11

</TABLE>

                                       vi


<PAGE>   7

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                           <C>  
316(a)(last sentence)..........................................................................................2.12
   (a)(1)(A)...................................................................................................6.05
   (a)(1)(B)...................................................................................................6.04
   (a)(2).......................................................................................................n/a
   (b).........................................................................................................6.07
   (c).........................................................................................................9.04

317(a)(1)......................................................................................................6.08
   (a)(2)......................................................................................................6.09
   (b).........................................................................................................2.04

318(a)........................................................................................................11.01
   (b)..........................................................................................................n/a
   (c)........................................................................................................11.01
</TABLE>

- --------------------------------
"n/a" means not applicable.

*This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be a part 
of the Indenture.



                                       vii

<PAGE>   8



         Indenture, dated as of May 15, 1999, among Lear Corporation, a Delaware
corporation (the "Company"), as issuer, the companies listed on the signature
pages hereto that are subsidiaries of the Company (the "Guarantors"), and The
Bank of New York, a New York banking corporation, as trustee (the "Trustee").

                   RECITALS OF THE COMPANY AND THE GUARANTORS

         The Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this
Indenture to provide for the issuance of its 7.96% Senior Notes due 2005 (the
"2005 Notes") and its 8.11% Senior Notes due 2009 (the "2009 Notes", together
with the 2005 Notes, the "Initial Notes"), and, if and when issued in exchange
for Initial Notes as provided in the Registration Rights Agreement (as defined
herein), its 7.96% Series B Senior Notes due 2005 (the "2005 Exchange Notes")
and its 8.11% Series B Senior Notes due 2009 (the "2009 Exchange Notes" and,
together with the 2005 Exchange Notes, the "Exchange Notes") (collectively, the
Initial Notes and the Exchange Notes are referred to herein as the "Notes").

         The Guarantors have duly authorized the execution and delivery of this
Indenture to provide guarantees of the Notes and of certain of the obligations
of the Company hereunder.

         All things necessary to make this Indenture a valid agreement of the
Company and the Guarantors, in accordance with its terms, have been done.

         Upon the issuance of the Exchange Notes, if any, or the effectiveness
of the Shelf Registration Statement (as defined herein), this Indenture shall be
subject to, and shall be governed by, the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act
of 1939, as amended, that are required or deemed to be part of and to govern
indentures qualified thereunder.

                   NOW, THEREFORE, THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH:

         For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Notes
by the Holders thereof, it is mutually covenanted and agreed for the equal and
ratable benefit of the Holders of the Initial Notes, and if and when issued, the
Exchange Notes, as follows:


                                    ARTICLE I

                   DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

         SECTION 1.01.  Definitions.

         "Acquired Indebtedness" means Indebtedness of a Person or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company or assumed in connection with the acquisition of
assets from such Person and not incurred by such


<PAGE>   9



Person in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company or such acquisition, and any refinancings thereof.

         "Additional Interest" means additional interest as defined in Section
2(d) of the Registration Rights Agreement.

         "Affiliate" means, when used with reference to the Company or another
Person, any Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under
direct or indirect common control with, the Company or such other Person, as the
case may be. For the purposes of this definition, "control" when used with
respect to any specified Person means the power to direct or cause the direction
of management or policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether
through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the
terms "controlling" and "controlled" have meanings correlative of the foregoing.

         "Agent" means any Registrar, Paying Agent, authenticating agent or 
co-Registrar.

         "Attributable Value" means, in connection with a sale and lease-back
transaction, the lesser of (i) the fair market value of the assets subject to
such transaction and (ii) the present value (discounted at a rate per annum
equal to the rate of interest implicit in the lease involved in such sale and
lease-back transaction, as determined in good faith by the Company) of the
obligations of the lessee for rental payments during the term of the related
lease.

         "Bankruptcy Law" means Title 11 of the U.S. Code or any similar federal
or state law for the relief of debtors.

         "Board of Directors" means, with respect to any Person, the Board of
Directors of such Person or any duly authorized committee of such Board of
Directors.

         "Board Resolution" means a copy of a resolution certified by the
secretary or an assistant secretary of such Person to have been duly adopted by
the Board of Directors of such Person or any duly authorized committee thereof
and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and
delivered to the Trustee.

         "Business Day" means a day that is not a Legal Holiday.

         "Cedelbank" means Cedelbank, societe anonyme.

         "Company" means the party named as the Company in the first paragraph
of this Indenture until one or more successor corporations shall have become
such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter
means such successors.

         "Comparable Treasury Issue" has the meaning specified in Section 3.07.


                                        2

<PAGE>   10



         "Comparable Treasury Price" has the meaning specified in Section 3.07.

         "Consolidated" or "consolidated" means, when used with reference to any
amount, such amount determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP,
after the elimination of intercompany items.

         "Consolidated Assets" means at a particular date, all amounts which
would be included under total assets on a consolidated balance sheet of the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as at such date, determined in
accordance with GAAP.

         "Corporate Trust Office" means the office of the Trustee at which at
any particular time its corporate services business shall be principally
administered, which office at the date of execution of this Indenture is located
at 101 Barclay Street, Floor 21W, New York, New York 10286.

         "Custodian" means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator,
sequestrator or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

         "Default" means any event which is, or after notice or lapse of time or
both would be, an Event of Default.

         "Depositary" means The Depository Trust Company, its nominees and their
respective successors.

         "DTC Participants" has the meaning specified in Section 2.08.

         "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended, or any successor statute.

         "Euroclear" means Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, Brussels 
office, as operator of the Euroclear System.

         "Event of Default" has the meaning specified in Section 6.01.

         "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,
or any successor statute.

         "Exchange Notes" has the meaning stated in the first recital of this
Indenture and refers to any Exchange Notes containing terms substantially
identical to the Initial Notes (except that (i) such Exchange Notes shall not
contain terms with respect to transfer restrictions and shall be registered
under the Securities Act and (ii) certain provisions relating to an increase in
the stated rate of interest thereon shall be eliminated) that are issued and
exchanged for the Initial Notes in accordance with the Exchange Offer, as
provided for in the Registration Rights Agreement.

                                        3

<PAGE>   11



         "Exchange Offer" means, subject to the terms of the Registration Rights
Agreement, the offer by the Company to the Holders of the opportunity to
exchange their Initial Notes for Exchange Notes pursuant to a registration
statement declared effective by the SEC.

         "Financing Lease" means (i) any lease of property, real or personal,
the obligations under which are capitalized on a consolidated balance sheet of
the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and (ii) any other such lease to the
extent that the then present value of the minimum rental commitment thereunder
should, in accordance with GAAP, be capitalized on a balance sheet of the
lessee.

         "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the
opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American
Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of
the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such
other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting
profession, which are applicable from time to time.

         "Global Notes" has the meaning specified in Section 2.01.

         "Guarantee" means the guarantee of the Notes by each Guarantor under
Article X hereof.

         "Guarantor" means (i) each of the Subsidiaries of the Company which
have executed this Indenture as a Guarantor as of the date hereof, and (ii) each
of the Company's Subsidiaries, whether formed, created or acquired before or
after the date hereof, which become a guarantor of Notes pursuant to the
provisions of this Indenture.

         "Holder" means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the 
Registrar's books.

         "Indebtedness" of a Person means all obligations which would be treated
as liabilities upon a balance sheet of such Person prepared on a consolidated
basis in accordance with GAAP.

         "Indenture" means this Indenture, as amended, supplemented or modified
from time to time.

         "Independent Investment Banker" has the meaning specified in Section 
3.07.

         "Initial Notes" has the meaning specified in the first recital of this 
Indenture.

         "Institutional Accredited Investor" means an institution that is an
"accredited investor" as that term is defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2) or (7)
under the Securities Act.

         "Interest Payment Date" means each of May 15 and November 15.



                                        4

<PAGE>   12



         "Investment" by any Person means:

                  (i)   all investments by such Person in any other Person in 
         the form of loans, advances or capital contributions;

                  (ii)  all guarantees of Indebtedness or other obligations of
         any other Person by such Person;

                  (iii) all purchases (or other acquisitions for consideration)
         by such Person of Indebtedness, capital stock or other securities of
         any other Person;

                  (iv)  all other items that would be classified as investments
         (including, without limitation, purchases outside the ordinary course
         of business) on a balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance
         with GAAP.

         "Issue Date" means the date of original issuance of the Initial Notes.

         "Legal Holiday" has the meaning specified in Section 11.07.

         "Lien" means any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit
arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), or preference, priority or
other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature
whatsoever (including, without limitation, any conditional sale or other title
retention agreement or any Financing Lease having substantially the same
economic effect as any of the foregoing).

         "Non-U.S. Persons" means a person who is not a "U.S. person" (as 
defined in Regulation S).

         "Notes" means the Notes issued under this Indenture.

         "Obligations" means all obligations for principal, premium, interest,
penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities
payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

         "Officer" of any Person means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief
Executive Officer, the President, any Vice President, the Treasurer, the
Secretary or the Controller of such Person.

         "Officers' Certificate" means a certificate signed by two Officers or
by an Officer and an Assistant Treasurer, Assistant Secretary or Assistant
Controller of any Person.

         "Opinion of Counsel" means a written opinion from legal counsel who is
reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or
counsel to the Company.


                                        5

<PAGE>   13



         "Paying Agent" has the meaning specified in Section 2.04.

         "Permitted Liens" means:

                  (i)   Liens for taxes not yet due or which are being contested
         in good faith by appropriate proceedings; provided that adequate
         reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the
         Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, in
         accordance with GAAP (or, in the case of Restricted Subsidiaries
         organized outside the United States, generally accepted accounting
         principles in effect from time to time in their respective
         jurisdictions of organization);

                  (ii)  statutory Liens of landlords, carriers, warehousemen,
         mechanics, materialmen, repairmen, suppliers or other like Liens
         arising in the ordinary course of business relating to obligations not
         overdue for a period of more than 60 days or which are bonded or being
         contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;

                  (iii) pledges or deposits in connection with workers'
         compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security
         legislation, including any Lien securing letters of credit issued in
         the ordinary course of business in connection therewith and deposits
         securing liabilities to insurance carriers under insurance and
         self-insurance programs;

                  (iv)  Liens (other than any Lien imposed by ERISA) incurred on
         deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than
         for borrowed money), leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal
         bonds, performance bonds, utility payments and other obligations of a
         like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;

                  (v)   easements, rights-of-way, restrictions and other similar
         encumbrances incurred which, in the aggregate, do not materially
         interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company and
         its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole;

                  (vi)  attachment, judgment or other similar Liens arising in
         connection with court or arbitration proceedings fully covered by
         insurance or involving, individually or in the aggregate, no more than
         $40,000,000 at any one time, provided that the same are discharged, or
         that execution or enforcement thereof is stayed pending appeal, within
         60days or, in the case of any stay of execution or enforcement pending
         appeal, within such lesser time during which such appeal may be taken;

                  (vii) Liens securing obligations (other than obligations
         representing Indebtedness for borrowed money) under operating,
         reciprocal easement or similar agreements entered into in the ordinary
         course of business;


                                        6

<PAGE>   14
                  (viii) statutory Liens and rights of offset arising in the
         ordinary course of business of the Company and its Restricted
         Subsidiaries;

                  (ix)   Liens in connection with leases or subleases granted to
         others and the interest or title of a lessor or sublessor (other than
         the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) under any lease; and

                  (x)    Liens securing Indebtedness in respect of interest rate
         agreement obligations or currency agreement obligations entered into to
         protect against fluctuations in interest rates or exchange rates and
         not for speculative reasons.

         "Person" means an individual, partnership, corporation, business trust,
joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture,
governmental authority or other entity of whatever nature.

         "Physical Notes" has the meaning specified in Section 2.01.

         "Primary Treasury Dealer" has the meaning  specified in Section 3.07.

         "Principal Credit Facilities" means:

                  (i)    the Second Amended and Restated Credit and Guarantee
         Agreement, dated as of May 4, 1999, among the Company, Lear Corporation
         Canada Ltd., the Foreign Subsidiary Borrowers (as defined therein), the
         Lenders Party thereto, Bankers Trust Company and Bank of America
         National Trust & Savings Association, as Co-Syndication Agents, The
         Bank of Nova Scotia, as Documentation Agent and Canadian Administrative
         Agent, and The Chase Manhattan Bank, as General Administrative Agent;

                  (ii)   the Interim Term Loan Agreement, dated as of May 4, 
         1999, among the Company, the Lenders parties thereto, Citicorp USA,
         Inc. and Credit Suisse First Boston, as Co-Syndication Agents, Deutsche
         Bank AG New York Branch, as Documentation Agent, the other Agents named
         therein, and The Chase Manhattan Bank, as Administrative Agent;

                  (iii)  the Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement, dated as
         of May 4 1999, among the Company, certain of its Foreign Subsidiaries,
         the Lenders parties thereto, Citicorp USA, Inc. and Morgan Stanley
         Senior Funding, Inc., as Co-Syndication Agents, Toronto Dominion
         (Texas), Inc., as Documentation Agent, the other Agents named therein,
         and The Chase Manhattan Bank, as Administrative Agent;

                  (iv)   the Term Loan Agreement, dated November 17, 1998, 
         between the Company and Toronto Dominion (Texas), Inc., as amended by
         that certain amendment dated as of May 4, 1999; and

                                        7

<PAGE>   15



                  (v) the Term Loan Agreement, dated as of December 3, 1998,
         between the Company and Deutsche Bank AG, New York Branch and/or Cayman
         Islands Branch, as amended by that certain amendment dated as of May 4,
         1999,

in the case of each agreement listed in clauses (i) through (v), including any
related notes, collateral documents, security documents, instruments and
agreements entered into in connection therewith and, in each case, as the same
may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (including any agreement
extending the maturity of, increasing the total commitment under or otherwise
restructuring all or any portion of the Indebtedness under any such agreement or
any successor or replacement agreement), renewed, refunded, replaced, restated
or refinanced from time to time.

         "Qualified Institutional Buyer" has the meaning set forth in Rule 144A.

         "Receivable Financing Transaction" means any transaction or series of
transactions involving a sale for cash of accounts receivable, without recourse
based upon the collectibility of the receivables sold, by the Company or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries to a Special Purpose Subsidiary and a subsequent
sale or pledge of such accounts receivable (or an interest therein) by such
Special Purpose Subsidiary, in each case without any guarantee by the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than the Special Purpose Subsidiary).

         "Redemption Date" means, with respect to any Notes to be redeemed, the
date fixed for such redemption pursuant to this Indenture.

         "Redemption Price" means the redemption price fixed in accordance with
the terms of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date
fixed for redemption.

         "Reference Treasury Dealer" has the meaning specified in Section 3.07.

         "Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations" has the meaning specified in 
Section 3.07.

         "Register" has the meaning specified in Section 2.04.

         "Registrar" has the meaning specified in Section 2.04.

         "Registration Rights Agreement" means the Registration Rights
Agreement, dated May18, 1999, among the Company, the Guarantors and Morgan
Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Salomon Smith Barney Inc., Chase Securities Inc.,
Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.,
NationsBanc Montgomery Securities LLC, Scotia Capital Markets (USA) Inc. and TD
Securities (USA) Inc.

         "Regulation S Global Notes" has the meaning specified in Section 2.01.


                                        8

<PAGE>   16



         "Regulation S Permanent Global Notes" has the meaning specified in 
Section 2.01.

         "Regulation S Physical Notes" has the meaning specified in Section 
2.01.

         "Regulation S Temporary Global Notes" has the meaning specified in 
Section 2.01.

         "Responsible Officer" shall mean, when used with respect to the
Trustee, any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee,
including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant secretary,
assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who
customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at
the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust
matter is referred because of such person's knowledge of and familiarity with
the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the
administration of this Indenture.

         "Restricted Period" has the meaning specified in Section 2.01.

         "Restricted Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary other than a Unrestricted 
Subsidiary.

         "Rule 144A Global Notes" has the meaning specified in Section 2.01.

         "SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission and any government 
agency succeeding to its functions.

         "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any 
successor statute.

         "Shelf Registration Statement" means the Shelf Registration Statement
as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement.

         "Significant Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary which has:

                  (i)  consolidated assets or in which the Company and its other
         Subsidiaries have Investments, equal to or greater than 5% of the total
         consolidated assets of the Company at the end of its most recently
         completed fiscal year; or

                  (ii) consolidated gross revenue equal to or greater than 5% of
         the consolidated gross revenue of the Company for its most recently
         completed fiscal year.

         "Special Purpose Subsidiary" means any wholly owned Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company created by the Company for the sole purpose of
facilitating a Receivable Financing Transaction.


                                        9

<PAGE>   17
         "Subsidiary" of any Person means:

                  (i)  a corporation a majority of whose capital stock with
         voting power, under ordinary circumstances, to elect directors is at
         the time, directly or indirectly, owned by such Person or by such
         Person and a subsidiary or subsidiaries of such Person or by a
         subsidiary or subsidiaries of such Person; or

                  (ii) any other Person (other than a corporation) in which such
         Person or such Person and a subsidiary or subsidiaries of such Person
         or a subsidiary or subsidiaries of such Persons, at the time, directly
         or indirectly, own at least a majority voting interest under ordinary
         circumstances.

         "TIA" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S. Code Section
77aaa-77bbbb), as in effect on the date of this Indenture; provided, however,
that in the event the TIA is amended after such date, "TIA" means, to the extent
required by such amendment, the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as so amended, or
any successor statute.

         "Transfer Restricted Securities" means securities that bear or are
required to bear the legend set forth in Section 2.02(a)(i).

         "Transfer Restricted Securities Legend" mens the legend initially set
forth on the Notes in the form set forth in Section 2.02(a)(i).

         "Treasury Rate" has the meaning specified in Section 3.07.

         "Trustee" means the party named as such in this Indenture until a
successor replaces it and thereafter, means the successor.

         "2005 Exchange Notes" has the meaning specified in the first recital of
this Indenture.

         "2009 Exchange Notes" has the meaning specified in the first recital of
this Indenture.

         "2005 Notes" has the meaning specified in the first recital of this 
Indenture.

         "2009 Notes" has the meaning specified in the first recital of this 
Indenture.

         "Unrestricted Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary designated as such by
the Board of Directors of the Company; provided, however, that at the time of
any such designation by the Board of Directors, such Subsidiary does not
constitute a Significant Subsidiary; and provided, further, that at the time
that any Unrestricted Subsidiary becomes a Significant Subsidiary it shall cease
to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary.


                                       10
<PAGE>   18



         "U.S. Government Obligations" means (i) direct obligations of the
United States of America for the payment of which the full faith and credit of
the United States of America is pledged or (ii) obligations of a person
controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the
United States of America, the payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as
a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America and which in
either case, are non-callable at the option of the issuer thereof.

         "U.S. Physical Notes" has the meaning specified in Section 2.01.


         SECTION 1.02.  Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.

         Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision
is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.

         The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following
meanings:

                  "indenture securities" means the Notes;

                  "indenture security holder" means a Holder;

                  "indenture to be qualified" means this Indenture;

                  "indenture trustee" or "institutional trustee" means the 
         Trustee; and

                  "obligor" on the Notes means the Company and any other obligor
         on the indenture securities.

         All other TIA terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA,
defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule have the
meanings assigned to them by such definitions.

         SECTION 1.03. Rules of Construction.

         Unless the context otherwise requires:

                  (i)      a term has the meaning assigned to it;

                  (ii)     an accounting term not otherwise defined has the 
         meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

                  (iii)    "or" is not exclusive;


                                       11

<PAGE>   19



                  (iv)     "including" means including without limitation;

                  (v)      words in the singular include the plural, and in the 
         plural include the singular;

                  (vi)     provisions apply to successive events and 
         transactions; and

                  (vii)    statements relating to the payment of principal and
         interest shall include the payment of premium and Additional Interest
         (if any).


                                   ARTICLE II

                                    THE NOTES

         SECTION 2.01.  Form and Dating.

         The Notes and the Trustee's certificate of authentication shall be
substantially in the forms annexed hereto as Exhibits A and B with such
appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are
required or permitted by this Indenture. The Notes may have notations, legends
or endorsements required by law or stock exchange agreements to which the
Company is subject. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The
Notes shall be in minimum denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples
thereof. The terms and provisions contained in the forms of the Note annexed
hereto as Exhibits A and B shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a
part of this Indenture. To the extent applicable, the Company and the Trustee,
by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms
and provisions and to be bound thereby.

         Notes offered and sold to Qualified Institutional Buyers in reliance on
Rule 144A under the Securities Act shall be (i) issued initially only in the
form of one or more permanent global Notes in registered form without interest
coupons (each, a "Rule 144A Global Note"), (ii) duly executed by the Company and
authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided, (iii) registered in the
name of the Depositary or its nominee for credit to the respective accounts of
Holders at the Depositary and (iv) deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for
the Depositary. Rule 144A Global Notes shall be substantially in the forms set
forth in Exhibits A and B attached hereto (including the text and schedule
called for by footnotes 1 and 5 thereto). The aggregate principal amount of the
Rule 144A Global Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by
adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary
or its nominee, in accordance with the instructions given by the Holder thereof,
as hereinafter provided.

         Notes offered and sold outside the United States to persons other than
"U.S. persons", as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act ("Non-U.S.
Persons"), in reliance on Regulation 

                                       12

<PAGE>   20



S under the Securities Act shall be issued initially only in the form of one or
more temporaryglobal Notes in registered form without interest coupons (each, a
"Regulation S Temporary Global Note"). Each Regulation S Temporary Note shall be
(i) duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter
provided, (ii) registered in the name of Depositary or its nominee, for credit
to the accounts of Euroclear and Cedelbank and (iii) deposited with the Trustee,
as custodian for the Depositary. Regulation S Temporary Global Notes shall be
substantially in the forms set forth in Exhibits A and B attached hereto
(including the text and schedule called for by footnotes 1 and 5 thereto). Prior
to the 40th day following the later of commencement of the offering of the Notes
and the Issue Date (such period through and including the 40th day, the
"Restricted Period"), beneficial interests in the RegulationS Temporary Global
Note may only be held through Euroclear or Cedelbank, and any resale or transfer
of such interests to U.S. persons shall not be permitted during such period
unless such resale or transfer is made in accordance with the procedures set
forth in this Article II, including, without limitation, receipt by the Trustee
of a written certification from the transferor of the beneficial interest in the
form provided herein to the effect that such transfer is being made to (i) a
person whom the transferor reasonably believes is a Qualified Institutional
Buyer within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act in a transaction
meeting the requirements of such Rule or (ii) an Institutional Accredited
Investor purchasing for its own account or for the account of such an
Institutional Accredited Investor, subject to delivery of the letters and
opinions contemplated by the Indenture.

         At any time after Restricted Period, upon receipt by the Trustee and
the Company of a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C attached
hereto, one or more permanent global Notes in registered form without interest
coupons (each, a "Regulation S Permanent Global Note", and together with the
Regulation S Temporary Global Notes, the "Regulation S Global Notes"), shall be
(i) duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter
provided, (ii) registered in the name of Depositary or its nominee and (iii)
deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary or its nominee, and
the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and a decrease in
the principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Notes in an amount
equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Regulation S
Temporary Global Notes transferred. Regulation S Permanent Global Notes shall be
substantially in the forms set forth in Exhibits A and B attached hereto
(including the text and schedule called for by footnotes 1 and 5 thereto). The
aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Global Notes may from time to
time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the
Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary or its nominee, as hereinafter
provided.

         The Rule 144A Global Notes and the Regulation S Global Notes are
sometimes referred to herein as the "Global Notes."

         Notes transferred to Institutional Accredited Investors and Notes
issued in exchange for interests in the Rule 144A Global Notes pursuant to
Section 2.08(e) shall be issued in the form of permanent certificated Notes (the
"U.S. Physical Notes") in registered form. Notes issued in 

                                       13

<PAGE>   21



exchange for interests in the Regulation S Global Notes pursuant to Section
2.08(e) shall be in theform of permanent certificated Notes (the "Regulation S
Physical Notes", and together with the U.S. Physical Notes, the"Physical Notes")
in registered form. The Physical Notes shall be substantially in the forms set
forth in Exhibits A and B attached hereto (including the text and schedule
called for by footnote 5 thereto).

         Global Notes or Physical Notes issued as Exchange Notes shall not bear
the legend called for by footnote 2 of Exhibits A and B attached hereto, and
shall bear the reference to "Series B" called for by footnotes 3 and 4 of
Exhibits A and B attached hereto.

         The definitive Notes shall be typed, printed, lithographed or engraved
or produced by any combination of these methods or may be produced in any other
manner permitted by the rules of any securities exchange on which the Notes may
be listed, all as determined by the Officers executing such Notes, as evidenced
by their execution of such Notes.

         SECTION 2.02. Restrictive Legends.

         (a)      Transfer Restricted Securities Legend.

                  (i) Except as permitted by the clauses (ii), (iii) and (iv) of
         this Section 2.02(a), each Note certificate evidencing Global Notes and
         Physical Notes (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor and
         substitution thereof) shall bear the following Transfer Restricted
         Securities Legend:

         THE NOTE EVIDENCED HEREBY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED
         STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"), OR
         ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD
         WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S.
         PERSONS EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS
         ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A
         "QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER" (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE
         SECURITIES ACT) OR (B) IT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL "ACCREDITED INVESTOR" (AS
         DEFINED IN RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT)
         (AN "INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR") OR (C) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON
         AND IS ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE
         WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT; (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL
         NOT, PRIOR TO EXPIRATION OF THE HOLDING PERIOD APPLICABLE TO SALES OF
         THE NOTE EVIDENCED HEREBY UNDER RULE 144(k) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT
         (OR ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISION), RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THE NOTE
         EVIDENCED HEREBY EXCEPT (A) TO LEAR CORPORATION OR ANY SUBSIDIARY
         THEREOF, (B) TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE
         144A UNDER THE 

                                       14

<PAGE>   22



         SECURITIES ACT, (C) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR THAT, PRIOR
         TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES TO THE BANK OF NEW YORK, AS TRUSTEE (OR A
         SUCCESSOR TRUSTEE, AS APPLICABLE), A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN
         REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER
         OF THE NOTE EVIDENCED HEREBY (THE FORM OF WHICH LETTER CAN BE OBTAINED
         FROM SUCH TRUSTEE OR A SUCCESSOR TRUSTEE, AS APPLICABLE), AND, IF SUCH
         TRANSFER IS IN RESPECT OF AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOTES AT THE
         TIME OF TRANSFER OF LESS THAN $250,000, AN OPINION OF COUNSEL
         ACCEPTABLE TO LEAR CORPORATION THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH
         THE SECURITIES ACT, (D) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN COMPLIANCE WITH
         RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION FROM
         REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF
         AVAILABLE) OR (F) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BEEN
         DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (AND WHICH CONTINUES TO BE
         EFFECTIVE AT THE TIME OF SUCH TRANSFER); AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL
         DELIVER TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THE NOTE EVIDENCED HEREBY IS TRANSFERRED
         A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. IN CONNECTION WITH
         ANY TRANSFER OF THE NOTE EVIDENCED HEREBY PRIOR TO EXPIRATION OF THE
         HOLDING PERIOD APPLICABLE TO SALES OF THE NOTE EVIDENCED HEREBY UNDER
         RULE 144(k) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (OR ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISION), THE
         HOLDER MUST CHECK THE APPROPRIATE BOX SET FORTH ON THE REVERSE HEREOF
         RELATING TO THE MANNER OF SUCH TRANSFER AND SUBMIT THIS CERTIFICATE TO
         THE BANK OF NEW YORK, AS TRUSTEE (OR A SUCCESSOR TRUSTEE, AS
         APPLICABLE). IF THE PROPOSED TRANSFEREE IS AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED
         INVESTOR OR A PURCHASER WHO IS NOT A U.S. PERSON, THE HOLDER MUST,
         PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISH TO THE BANK OF NEW YORK, AS TRUSTEE (OR
         A SUCCESSOR TRUSTEE, AS APPLICABLE), SUCH CERTIFICATIONS, LEGAL
         OPINIONS OR OTHER INFORMATION AS IT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM
         THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS BEING MADE PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A
         TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE
         SECURITIES ACT. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS "OFFSHORE TRANSACTION",
         "UNITED STATES" AND "U.S. PERSON" HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM BY
         REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

                  (ii) Upon any sale or transfer of a Transfer Restricted
         Security in compliance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act or
         pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities
         Act, the Registrar shall permit the Holder thereof to exchange such
         Transfer Restricted Security for a Note that does not bear the Transfer
         Restricted

                                       15

<PAGE>   23



         Securities Legend, and shall rescind any restriction on the transfer of
         such Transfer Restricted Security.

                  (iii) After the expiration of the Restricted Period and upon
         receipt by the Company and the Trustee of a certificate substantially
         in the form of Exhibit C attached hereto, the Registrar shall permit
         the Holder thereof to exchange a Regulation S Temporary Global Note
         which bears the Transfer Restricted Securities Legend for a Regulation
         S Permanent Global which does not bear such legend, and shall rescind
         any restriction on the transfer of the Regulation S Permanent Global
         Notes.

                  (iv)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon consummation of the
         Exchange Offer, the Company shall issue, and upon receipt of an
         authentication order in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof, the
         Trustee shall authenticate the Exchange Notes in exchange for the
         Initial Notes accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer, and the
         Registrar rescind any restriction on the transfer of such security.

         (b) Global Note Legend. Each Global Note, whether or not an Exchange
Note, shall also bear the following legend on the face thereof:

         UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF
         THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY ("DTC") TO LEAR CORPORATION OR ITS AGENT
         FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE
         ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER ENTITY
         AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT
         HEREON IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY
         AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE
         HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL SINCE THE
         REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

         SECTION 2.03.  Execution and Authentication.

         Two Officers shall sign the Notes for the Company by manual or
facsimile signature. If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds
that office at the time the Note is authenticated, the Note shall be valid
nevertheless.

         A Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature
of the Trustee. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has
been authenticated under this Indenture.

         The Trustee shall, upon a written order of the Company signed by one
Officer of the Company, authenticate for original issue (i) 2005 Notes in
aggregate principal amount not to exceed $600,000,000 and (ii) 2009 Notes in
aggregate principal amount not to exceed

                                       16

<PAGE>   24



$800,000,000. The Trustee shall, upon a written order of the Company signed by
one Officer of the Company, authenticate for original issue upon completion of
the Exchange Offer (and thereafter as appropriate) (i) 2005 Exchange Notes in
aggregate principal amount not to exceed $600,000,000 and (ii) 2009 Exchange
Notes in aggregate principal amount not to exceed $800,000,000. The aggregate
principal amount of 2005 Notes and 2005 Exchange Notes outstanding at any time
shall not exceed $600,000,000 and the aggregate principal amount of 2009 Notes
and 2009 Exchange Notes outstanding at any time shall not exceed $800,000,000,
except in each case as provided in Section 2.10.

         The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent reasonably acceptable
to the Company to authenticate Notes. Unless limited by the terms of such
appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee
may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee
includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same
rights as an Agent to deal with the Company or an Affiliate of the Company.

         SECTION 2.04. Registrar and Paying Agent.

         The Company shall maintain an office or agency where Notes of each
tranche may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (the
"Registrar") and an office or agency where Notes of each tranche may be
presented for payment (the "Paying Agent"). The Registrar for each tranche of
Notes shall keep a register of the Notes of such tranche (the "Register") and of
their transfer and exchange. The Company may appoint one or more co-Registrars
and one or more additional Paying Agents for each tranche of Notes. The term
"Paying Agent" includes any additional paying agent and the term "Registrar"
includes any additional registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or
Registrar without prior notice to any Holder.

         The Company shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any
Agent not a party to this Indenture, which shall incorporate the terms of the
TIA and implement the terms of this Indenture which relate to such Agent. The
Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the name and address
of any Agent who is not a party to this Indenture. If the Company fails to
appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee
shall act as such. The Company or any Affiliate of the Company may act as Paying
Agent or Registrar; provided, however, that none of the Company, its
Subsidiaries or the Affiliates of the foregoing shall act (i) as Paying Agent in
connection with redemptions, offers to purchase, discharges and defeasance, as
otherwise specified in this Indenture, and (ii) as Paying Agent or Registrar if
a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

         The Company hereby initially appoints the Trustee as Registrar and
Paying Agent for each tranche of Notes.


                                       17

<PAGE>   25



         SECTION 2.05.  Paying Agent to Hold Assets in Trust.

         Not later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on each due date of the
principal and interest on any Notes, the Company shall deposit with one or more
Paying Agents money in immediately available funds sufficient to pay such
principal and interest so becoming due. The Company shall require each Paying
Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall
hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all assets held by the
Paying Agent for the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes (whether
such money has been paid to it by the Company or any other obligor on the Notes,
including any Guarantor) and shall notify the Trustee of any failure by the
Company (or any other obligor on the Notes, including any Guarantor) in making
any such payment. While any such failure continues, the Trustee may require a
Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any
funds disbursed. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all
money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying
Agent (if other than the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company) shall have no
further liability for the money so paid over to the Trustee.

         If the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or any Affiliate of any
of them acts as Paying Agent, it shall, prior to or on each due date of any
principal of or interest on the Notes, segregate and hold in a separate trust
fund for the benefit of the Holders a sum of money sufficient with monies held
by all other Paying Agents, to pay such principal or interest so becoming due
until such sum of money shall be paid to such Holders or otherwise disposed of
as provided in this Indenture, and will promptly notify the Trustee of its
actions or failure to act.

         SECTION 2.06.  Holder Lists.

         The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably
practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of
Holders, separately by tranche, and shall otherwise comply with Section 312(a)
of the TIA. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish to
the Trustee prior to or on each Interest Payment Date for the Notes and at such
other times as the Trustee may request in writing a list in such form and as of
such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of
Holders, separately by tranche, relating to such Interest Payment Date or
request, as the case may be.

         SECTION 2.07.  General Provisions Relating to Transfer and Exchange.

         The Notes are issuable only in registered form. A Holder may transfer a
Note only by written application to the Registrar or another transfer agent
stating the name of the proposed transferee and otherwise complying with the
terms of this Indenture. No such transfer shall be effected until, and such
transferee shall succeed to the rights of a Holder only upon, final acceptance
and registration of the transfer by the Registrar in the Register. Prior to the
registration of any transfer by a Holder as provided herein, the Company, the
Trustee, and any agent of the Company shall treat the person in whose name the
Note is registered as the owner

                                       18

<PAGE>   26



thereof for all purposes whether or not the Note shall be overdue, and neither
the Company, the Trustee, nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the
contrary. Furthermore, any Holder of a Global Note shall, by acceptance of such
Global Note, agree that transfers of beneficial interests in such Global Note
may be effected only through a book-entry system maintained by the Holder of
such Global Note (or its agent) and that ownership of a beneficial interest in
the Note shall be required to be reflected in a book-entry. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, in the case of a Transfer Restricted Security, a beneficial interest
in a Global Note being transferred in reliance on an exemption from the
registration requirements of the Securities Act other than in accordance with
Rule 144, Rule 144A and Regulation S may only be transferred for a Physical
Note.

         When Notes are presented to the Registrar or another transfer agent
with a request to register the transfer or to exchange them for an equal
principal amount of Notes of other authorized denominations (including an
exchange of Notes for Exchange Notes), the Registrar shall register the transfer
or make the exchange as requested if its requirements for such transactions are
met (including that such Notes are duly endorsed or accompanied by a written
instrument of transfer duly executed by the Holder thereof or by an attorney who
is authorized in writing to act on behalf of the Holder); provided that no
exchanges of Notes for Exchange Notes shall occur until an exchange offer
registration statement shall have been declared effective by the SEC and that
any Notes that are exchanged for Exchange Notes shall be cancelled by the
Trustee. Subject to Section 2.03, to permit registrations of transfers and
exchanges, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Notes at
the Registrar's request. No service charge shall be made for any registration of
transfer or exchange or redemption of the Notes, but the Company may require
payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental
charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or
other similar governmental charge payable upon exchanges pursuant to Section
2.13, 3.06 or 9.05 hereof).

         Neither the Registrar nor any other transfer agent nor the Company
shall be required to:

                  (i)  issue, register the transfer of or exchange any Note
         during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 Business Days
         before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section
         3.02 hereof and ending at the close of business on the day of
         selection; or

                  (ii) register the transfer of or exchange any Note so selected
         for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of
         any Note being redeemed in part.


                                       19

<PAGE>   27



         SECTION 2.08.  Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes.

         (a) The Rule 144A Global Notes and Regulation S Global Notes initially
         shall:

             (i)   be registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of
         such Depositary;

             (ii)  be delivered to the Trustee as custodian for such Depositary;
         and

             (iii) bear legends as set forth in Section 2.02 hereof.

         Members of, or participants in, the Depositary ("DTC Participants")
shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held
on their behalf by the Depositary, or the Trustee as its custodian, or under
such Global Note, and the Depositary may be treated by the Company, the Trustee
and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner of such Global
Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing
contained herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the
Company or the Trustee, from giving effect to any written certification, proxy
or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or impair, as between the
Depositary and the DTC Participants, the operation of customary practices
governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder of any Note.

         (b) Transfers of a Global Note shall be limited to transfers of such
Global Note in whole, but not in part, to the Depositary, its successors or
their respective nominees. Beneficial owners may transfer their interests in
Global Notes in accordance with the rules and procedures of the Depositary and
the provisions of Section 2.09 hereof.

         (c) Any beneficial interest in one of the Global Notes that is
transferred to a person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in another
Global Note of the same tranche will, upon transfer, cease to be an interest in
such Global Note and become an interest in such other Global Note of the same
tranche and, accordingly, will thereafter be subject to all transfer
restrictions, if any, and other procedures applicable to beneficial interests in
such other Global Note for as long as it remains such an interest.

         (d) The registered Holder of a Global Note may grant proxies and
otherwise authorize any Person, including DTC Participants and Persons that may
hold interests through DTC Participants, to take any action which a Holder is
entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes.

         (e) If at any time:

             (i)   the Company notifies the Trustee in writing that the
         Depositary is no longer willing or able to continue to act as
         Depositary for the Global Notes of a tranche or the Depositary ceases
         to be a "clearing agency" registered under the Exchange Act, and a

                                       20

<PAGE>   28



         successor depositary for the Global Notes of a tranche is not appointed
         by the Company within 90 days of such notice or cessation;

                  (ii)  the Company, at its option, notifies the Trustee in
         writing that it elects to cause the issuance of the Notes in definitive
         form under this Indenture in exchange for all or any part of the Notes
         represented by a Global Note or Global Notes of a tranche; or

                  (iii) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and
         the Registrar has received a request from the Depositary,

subject to Section 2.08(e), the Depositary shall surrender such Global Note or
Global Notes of the relevant tranche to the Trustee for cancellation and then
the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in
exchange for such Global Note or Global Notes, U.S. Physical Notes and
Regulation S Physical Notes, as applicable, of the relevant tranche in an
aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such Global Note or
Global Notes. Such Physical Notes shall be registered in such names as the
Depositary shall identify in writing as the beneficial owners of the Notes
represented by such Global Note or Notes (or any nominee thereof).

         (f) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in connection with any transfer of a
portion of the beneficial interests in a Global Note to beneficial owners
pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section 2.07, the Registrar shall reflect on
its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount of such
Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial
interest in such Global Note to be transferred, and the Company shall execute,
and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, one or more U.S. Physical Notes
or Regulation S Physical Notes, as the case may be, of the same tranche of like
tenor and amount.

         SECTION 2.09.  Special Transfer Provisions.

         Unless and until a Initial Note (1) is exchanged for an Exchange Note,
(2) transferred after the time period referred to in Rule 144(k) under the
Securities Act or (3) otherwise sold in connection with an effective
registration statement pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the
following provisions shall apply:

         (a)      Transfers to Institutional Accredited Investors which are
                  not Qualified Institutional Buyers.

         The following provisions shall apply with respect to the registration
of any proposed transfer of a Note to any Institutional Accredited Investor
which is not a Qualified Institutional Buyer (excluding Non-U.S. Persons):

                  (i)   The Registrar shall register the transfer if the 
         proposed transferee has delivered to the Trustee (A) a certificate
         substantially in the form of Exhibit D attached

                                       21

<PAGE>   29



         hereto and (B) if the aggregate principal amount of the Notes being
         transferred is less than $250,000, an opinion of counsel acceptable to
         the Company that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities
         Act.

                  (ii)  If Note to be transferred consists of a Physical Note,
         upon receipt by the Registrar of the documents referred to in the
         preceding sentence, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall
         authenticate and deliver, a new U.S. Physical Note of the same tranche
         registered in the name of the transferee and the Trustee shall cancel
         the Physical Note presented for transfer.

                  (iii) If the proposed transferor is a DTC Participant holding
         a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Notes, upon receipt by
         the Registrar of the documents required by subclause (a)(i) above and
         instructions given in accordance with the procedures of the Depositary
         and of the Registrar, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and
         records the date and a decrease in the principal amount of the Rule
         144A Global Notes of the same tranche in an amount equal to the
         principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global
         Notes to be transferred, and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee
         shall authenticate and deliver, one or more U.S. Physical Notes of the
         same tranche of like tenor and amount.

                  (iv)  If the proposed transferor is a DTC Participant holding 
         a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global Notes, upon
         receipt by the Registrar of the documents required by subclause (a)(i)
         above and instructions given in accordance with the procedures of the
         Registrar and of Euroclear or Cedelbank, as the case may be, through
         the Depositary, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records
         the date and a decrease in the principal amount of the Regulation S
         Temporary Global Notes of the same tranche in an amount equal to the
         principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Regulation S
         Temporary Global Notes to be transferred, and the Company shall
         execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, one or more
         U.S. Physical Notes of the same tranche of like tenor and amount.

         (b)      Transfers to Qualified Institutional Buyers.

         The following provisions shall apply with respect to the registration 
of any proposed transfer of a Note to a Qualified Institutional Buyer (excluding
Non-U.S. Persons):

                  (i)   If the Note to be transferred consists of (x) either
         Regulation S Physical Notes prior to the removal of the Transfer
         Restricted Securities Legend or U.S. Physical Notes, the Registrar
         shall register the transfer if such transfer is being made by a
         proposed transferor who has checked the box provided for on the form of
         Note stating or has otherwise advised the Company and the Registrar in
         writing that the sale has been made in compliance with the provisions
         of Rule 144A to a transferee who has signed the

                                       22

<PAGE>   30



         certification provided for on the form of Note stating or has otherwise
         advised the Company and the Registrar in writing that:

                           (A) it is purchasing the Note for its own account or
                  an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment
                  discretion, in each case for investment and not with a view to
                  distribution;

                           (B) it and any such account is a Qualified
                  Institutional Buyer within the meaning of Rule 144A;

                           (C) it is aware that the sale to it is being made in
                  reliance on Rule 144A;

                           (D) it acknowledges that it has received such
                  information regarding the Company as it has requested pursuant
                  to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such
                  information; and

                           (E) it is aware that the transferor is relying upon
                  its foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption
                  from registration provided by Rule 144A; or

         or (y) an interest in the Rule 144A Global Notes, the transfer of such
         interest may be effected only through the book entry system maintained
         by the Depositary.

                  (ii)  If the proposed transferee is a DTC Participant, and the
         Note to be transferred consists of U.S. Physical Notes, upon receipt by
         the Registrar of the documents referred to in clause (i) above and
         instructions given in accordance with the procedures of the Depositary
         and the Registrar, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records
         the date and an increase in the principal amount of Rule 144A Global
         Notes of the same tranche in an amount equal to the principal amount of
         the U.S. Physical Notes to be transferred, and the Trustee shall cancel
         the U.S. Physical Notes so transferred.

                  (iii) If the proposed transferee is a DTC Participant and the
         Note to be transferred consists of a beneficial interest in the
         Regulation S Temporary Global Notes, upon receipt by the Registrar of
         the documents referred to in clause (i) above and instructions given in
         accordance with the procedures of the Registrar and of Euroclear or
         Cedelbank, as the case may be, through the Depositary, the Registrar
         shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the
         principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Notes of the same tranche in
         an amount equal to the principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary
         Global Notes to be transferred, and the Trustee shall decrease the
         amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Notes in a corresponding
         amount.

         (c)      Transfers to Non-U.S. Persons of U.S. Physical Notes and
                  Interests

                                       23
<PAGE>   31
                  in Rule 144A Global Notes.

                  (i)    The Registrar shall register any proposed transfer to a
         Non-U.S. Person of a U.S. Physical Note or an interest in Rule 144A
         Global Notes only upon receipt of a certificate from the proposed
         transferor substantially in the form of Exhibit E attached hereto.

                  (ii)   (a) If the proposed transferor is a DTC Participant
         holding a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Notes, upon
         receipt by the Registrar of the documents, if any, required by
         paragraph (i) above and instructions in accordance with the procedures
         of the Depositary and of the Registrar, the Registrar shall reflect on
         its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount
         of the Rule 144A Global Notes of the same tranche in an amount equal to
         the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global
         Notes to be transferred, (b) if the proposed transferor is a holder of
         U.S. Physical Notes, the Trustee shall cancel the U.S. Physical Notes
         so transferred, and (c) if the proposed transferee is a DTC
         Participant, upon receipt by the Registrar of instructions given in
         accordance with the procedures of the Depositary and of the Registrar,
         the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an
         increase in the principal amount of the Regulation S Global Notes of
         the same tranche in an amount equal to the principal amount of the U.S.
         Physical Notes or the Rule 144A Global Notes, as the case may be, to be
         transferred.

         (d)      Transfers to Non-U.S. Persons of Interests in the Regulation S
                  Temporary Global Notes.

         The Registrar shall register the transfer of any interest in a
Regulation S Temporary Global Note to Non-U.S. Persons if the proposed
transferor has delivered to the Registrar a certificate substantially in the
form of Exhibit E attached hereto.

         (e)      Transfers of Interests in the Regulation S Permanent Global
                  Notes.

         The Registrar shall register the transfer of interests in Regulation S
Permanent Global Notes without requiring any additional certification.

         (f)      Transfer Restricted Securities Legend.

         Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes not bearing the
Transfer Restricted Securities Legend, the Registrar shall deliver Notes of the
same tranche that do not bear the Transfer Restricted Securities Legend. Upon
the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes bearing the Transfer Restricted
Securities Legend, the Registrar shall deliver only Notes of the same tranche
that bear the Transfer Restricted Securities Legend unless (A) the circumstances
described in clauses (ii), (iii) and (iv) of Section 2.02(a) exist or (ii) there
is delivered to the Registrar an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to
the Company and the Trustee to the 

                                       24


<PAGE>   32

effect that neither such legend nor the related restrictions on transfer are 
required in order to maintain compliance with the provisions of the Securities 
Act.

         (g)      Certain Transfers in Connection with and After the Exchange 
                  Offer.

         Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture:

                  (i)    no Exchange Note may be exchanged by the Holder 
         thereof for an Initial Note;

                  (ii)   accrued and unpaid interest on the Initial Notes being
         exchanged in the Exchange Offer shall be due and payable on the next
         Interest Payment Date for the Exchange Notes following the Exchange
         Offer and shall be paid to the Holder on the relevant record date of
         the Exchange Notes issued in respect of the Initial Note being
         exchanged; and

                  (iii)  interest on the Initial Note being exchanged in the
         Exchange Offer shall cease to accrue on the date of completion of the
         Exchange Offer and interest on the Exchange Notes to be issued in the
         Exchange Offer shall accrue from the date of the completion of the
         Exchange Offer.

         (h)      General.

         By its acceptance of any Note bearing the Transfer Restricted
Securities Legend, each Holder of such a Note acknowledges the restrictions on
transfer of such Note set forth in this Indenture and agrees that it will
transfer such Note only as provided in this Indenture. The Registrar shall not
register a transfer of any Note unless such transfer complies with the
restrictions on transfer of such Note set forth in this Indenture. The Registrar
shall be entitled to receive and rely on written instructions from the Company
verifying that such transfer complies with such restrictions on transfer. In
connection with any transfer of Notes, each Holder agrees by its acceptance of
the Notes to furnish the Registrar or the Company such certifications, legal
opinions or other information as either of them may reasonably require to
confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or a
transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act;
provided that the Registrar shall not be required to determine (but may rely on
a determination made by the Company with respect to) the sufficiency of any such
certifications, legal opinions or other information.

         The Registrar shall retain copies of all letters, notices and other
written communications received pursuant to Section 2.08 hereof or this Section
2.09. The Company shall have the right to inspect and make copies of all such
letters, notices or other written communications at any reasonable time upon the
giving of reasonable written notice to the Registrar.


                                       25


<PAGE>   33



         SECTION 2.10.  Replacement Notes.

         If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or if the Holder of a
Note claims that the Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the
Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note of the
same tranche if the requirements of the Trustee and the Company are met;
provided that, if any such Note has been called for redemption in accordance
with the terms thereof, the Trustee may pay the Redemption Price thereof on the
Redemption Date without authenticating or replacing such Note. The Trustee or
the Company may, in either case, require the Holder to provide an indemnity bond
sufficient in the judgment of each of the Trustee and the Company to protect the
Company, the Trustee or any Agent from any loss which any of them may suffer if
a Note is replaced or if the Redemption Price therefor is paid pursuant to this
Section 2.10. The Company may charge the Holder who has lost a Note for its
expenses in replacing a Note.

         Every replacement Note is an obligation of the Company and shall be
entitled to the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any
and all other Notes of the same tranche duly issued hereunder.

         SECTION 2.11.  Outstanding Notes.

         The Notes of any tranche outstanding at any time are all the Notes of
such tranche authenticated by the Trustee, except for (i) those cancelled by it,
(ii) those delivered to it for cancellation and (iii) those described in this
Section as not outstanding.

         If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.10 hereof, it ceases to be
outstanding and interest ceases to accrue unless the Trustee receives proof
satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser.

         If all principal of and interest on any Note are considered paid under
Section 4.01 hereof, such Note ceases to be outstanding and interest on it
ceases to accrue.

         Except as provided in Section 2.12 hereof, a Note does not cease to be
outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds such Note.

         SECTION 2.12.  Treasury Notes.

         In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of
Notes of any tranche have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes
owned by the Company or an Affiliate of the Company shall be considered as
though they are not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining
whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver
or consent, only Notes which such Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be
so disregarded.


                                       26


<PAGE>   34



         SECTION 2.13.  Temporary Notes.

         Until definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare
and execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate upon a written order of the
Company signed by one Officer of the Company, temporary Notes. Temporary Notes
shall be substantially in the form of definitive Notes but may have variations
that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable
delay, the Company shall prepare, and the Trustee shall authenticate, definitive
Notes in exchange for temporary Notes. Holders of temporary Notes shall be
entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture.

         SECTION 2.14.  Cancellation.

         The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for
cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any
Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange, payment or
repurchase. The Trustee shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of
transfer, exchange, payment, repurchase, redemption, replacement or cancellation
and shall return such cancelled Notes to the Company upon the Company's written
request (subject to the record retention requirements of the Exchange Act). The
Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have
been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

         SECTION 2.15.  CUSIP Numbers.

         The Company in issuing the Notes may use 'CUSIP' numbers (if then
generally in use), and the Trustee shall use CUSIP numbers in notices of
redemption or exchange as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such
notice shall state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such
numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any such notice and
that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on
the Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or
omission of such numbers. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee of any
change in the CUSIP numbers.

         SECTION 2.16.  Defaulted Interest.

         If the Company fails to make a payment of interest on any tranche of
Notes, it shall pay such defaulted interest plus (to the extent lawful) any
interest payable on the defaulted interest, in any lawful manner. It may elect
to pay such defaulted interest, plus any such interest payable on it, to the
Persons who are Holders of such Notes on which the interest is due on a
subsequent special record date. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing
of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each such Note. The
Company shall fix any such record date and payment date for such payment. At
least 15 days before any such record date, the Company shall mail to Holders
affected thereby a notice that states the record date, Interest Payment Date,
and amount of such interest to be paid.


                                       27


<PAGE>   35



         SECTION 2.17.  Special Record Dates.

         The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, set a record date for
the purpose of determining the identity of Holders of Notes of any tranche
entitled to consent to any supplement, amendment or waiver permitted by this
Indenture. If a record date is fixed, the Holders of Notes of such tranche
outstanding on such record date, and no other Holders, shall be entitled to
consent to such supplement, amendment or waiver or revoke any consent previously
given, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date. No
consent shall be valid or effective for more than 90 days after such record date
unless consents from Holders of the principal amount of Notes of such tranche
required hereunder for such amendment or waiver to be effective shall have also
been given and not revoked within such 90-day period.

                                   ARTICLE III

                                   REDEMPTION

         SECTION 3.01.  Notices to Trustee.

         If the Company elects to redeem Notes of any tranche pursuant to the
redemption provision of Section 3.07 hereof, it shall notify the Trustee of the
intended Redemption Date, the principal amount of Notes of such tranche to be
redeemed and the CUSIP numbers of the Notes of such tranche to be redeemed.

         The Company shall give each notice provided for in this Section 3.01
and an Officers' Certificate at least 30 days before the Redemption Date (unless
a shorter period shall be satisfactory to the Trustee).

         SECTION 3.02.  Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed.

         If fewer than all the Notes of any tranche are to be redeemed, the
Trustee shall select the Notes of such tranche to be redeemed from the
outstanding Notes of such tranche by a method that complies with the
requirements of any exchange on which the Notes of such tranche are listed, or,
if the Notes of such tranche are not listed on an exchange, on a pro rata basis
or by lot or in accordance with any other method the Trustee considers fair and
appropriate.

         Notes and portions thereof that the Trustee selects shall be in amounts
equal to the minimum authorized denomination for Notes of such tranche to be
redeemed or any integral multiple thereof. Provisions of this Indenture that
apply to Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for
redemption. The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly in writing of the
Notes or portions of Notes to be called for redemption.


                                       28


<PAGE>   36



         SECTION 3.03.  Notice of Redemption.

         At least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date,
the Company shall mail a notice of redemption by first-class mail to each Holder
whose Notes are to be redeemed at the address of such Holder appearing in the
Register.

         The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state:

                  (i)    the Redemption Date;

                  (ii)   the method being used to determine the Redemption 
         Price;

                  (iii)  if fewer than all outstanding Notes of any tranche 
         are to be redeemed, the portion of the principal amount of the Notes to
         be redeemed and that, after the Redemption Date, upon surrender of such
         Note, a new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion
         will be issued;

                  (iv)   the name and address of the Paying Agent;

                  (v)    that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to
         the Paying Agent to collect the Redemption Price;

                  (vi)   that, unless the Company defaults in payment of the
         Redemption Price, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to
         accrue interest on and after the Redemption Date; and

                  (vii)  the CUSIP number, if any, of the Notes to be redeemed.

         At the Company's written request, the Trustee shall give the notice of
redemption in the Company's name and at its expense. The notice mailed in the
manner herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given
whether or not the Holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to give
such notice by mail or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Notes shall
not affect the validity of the proceeding for the redemption of any other Notes.

         SECTION 3.04.  Effect of Notice of Redemption.

         Once notice of redemption is mailed, Notes called for redemption become
due and payable on the Redemption Date at the Redemption Price. Upon surrender
to the Paying Agent, such Notes shall be paid at the Redemption Price.


                                       29


<PAGE>   37



         SECTION 3.05.  Deposit of Redemption Price.

         Prior to or on the Redemption Date, the Company shall deposit with the
Trustee or with the Paying Agent an amount of money sufficient to pay the
Redemption Price of all Notes to be redeemed on that date. The Paying Agent
shall promptly return to the Company any amount of money not required for that
purpose.

         SECTION 3.06.  Notes Redeemed in Part.

         Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Company shall
execute and the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the
Company, a new Note of the same tranche equal in principal amount to the
unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered.

         SECTION 3.07.  Optional Redemption.

         (a) The Company may, at its option, redeem the Notes of each tranche,
in whole or in part, at any time at the Redemption Price equal to the greater
of:

                  (i)    100% of the principal amount of the Notes being
         redeemed; and

                  (ii)   the sum of the present values of the remaining 
         scheduled payments of principal and unpaid interest on the Notes being
         redeemed from the Redemption Date to the maturity date discounted to
         the Redemption Date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year
         consisting of twelve 30-day months) at:

                  (A)    the Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points in the case of
                         the 2005 Notes (or 2005 Exchange Notes, as the case may
                         be); and

                  (B)    the Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points in the case of
                         the 2009 Notes (or 2009 Exchange Notes, as the case may
                         be),

plus, any interest accrued but not paid to the Redemption Date.

         (b) For purposes of this optional redemption provision, the following
terms have the following definitions:

         "Comparable Treasury Issue" means the United States Treasury security
selected by an Independent Investment Banker as having a maturity comparable to
the remaining term of the Notes of any tranche to be redeemed that would be
utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial
practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable
maturity to the remaining term of such Notes.


                                       30


<PAGE>   38



         "Comparable Treasury Price" means, with respect to any Redemption Date
for the Notes of any tranche, (i) the average of four Reference Treasury Dealer
Quotations for such Redemption Date, after excluding the highest and lowest of
such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, or (ii) if the Trustee obtains fewer
than four such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all such
quotations.

         "Independent Investment Banker" means one of the Reference Treasury
Dealers appointed by the Trustee after consultation with the Company.

         "Reference Treasury Dealer" means Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and
three other primary U.S. Government securities dealers in New York City (each, a
"Primary Treasury Dealer") appointed by the Trustee after consultation with the
Company; provided, however, that if any of the foregoing ceases to be a Primary
Treasury Dealer, the Company shall substitute therefor another Primary Treasury
Dealer.

         "Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations" means, with respect to each
Reference Treasury Dealer and any Redemption Date, the average, as determined by
the Trustee, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue
(expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in
writing to the Trustee by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 5:00 p.m. (New York
City time) on the third Business Day preceding such Redemption Date.

         "Treasury Rate" means, with respect to any Redemption Date for the
Notes of any tranche, (1) the yield, under the heading which represents the
average for the immediately preceding week, appearing in the most recently
published statistical release designated "H.15(519)" or any successor
publication which is published weekly by the Board of Governors of the Federal
Reserve System and which establishes yields on actively traded United States
Treasury securities adjusted to constant maturity under the caption "Treasury
Constant Maturities", for the maturity corresponding to the Comparable Treasury
Issue (if no maturity is within three months before or after the maturity date
for the Notes of such tranche, yields for the two published maturities most
closely corresponding to the Comparable Treasury Issue shall be determined and
the Treasury Rate shall be interpolated or extrapolated from such yields on a
straight line basis, rounding to the nearest month) or (2) if such release (or
any successor release) is not published during the week preceding the
calculation date or does not contain such yields, the rate per annum equal to
the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue,
calculated using a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a
percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for
such Redemption Date. The Treasury Rate shall be calculated on the third
Business Day preceding the Redemption Date.


                                       31


<PAGE>   39



                                   ARTICLE IV

                                    COVENANTS

         SECTION 4.01.  Payment of Notes.

         The Company shall pay, or cause to be paid, the principal of and
interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in this Indenture
and the Notes. Principal and interest shall be considered paid on the date due
if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company, a Subsidiary of the Company or
any Affiliate of any of them, holds as of 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on
that date immediately available funds designated for and sufficient to pay all
principal and interest then due. If the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company
or any Affiliate of any of them acts as Paying Agent, principal or interest
shall be considered paid on the due date if the entity acting as Paying Agent
complies with the second paragraph of Section 2.05 hereof.

         The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal and interest on
overdue installments of interest, to the extent lawful, at the rate per annum
specified therefor in the Notes of such tranche.

         Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Indenture,
the Company may, to the extent it is required to do so by law, deduct or
withhold income or other similar taxes imposed by the United States of America
from principal or interest payments hereunder.

         SECTION 4.02.  Maintenance of Office or Agency.

         The Company shall maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New
York, an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate
of the Trustee or Registrar) where the Notes may be surrendered for registration
of transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in
respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Company shall give
prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the
location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company fails to maintain
any such required office or agency or fails to furnish the Trustee with the
address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made
or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

         The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other
offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or
all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided,
however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the
Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in the Borough of
Manhattan, The City of New York for such purposes. The Company shall give prompt
written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any
change in the location of any such other office or agency.


                                       32


<PAGE>   40



         The Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee
as one such office or agency of the Company in accordance with Section 2.04
hereof.

         SECTION 4.03.  Reports.

         (a) The Company shall deliver to the Trustee within 15 days after it
files them with the SEC copies of the annual reports and of the information,
documents, and other reports (or copies of such portions of any of the foregoing
as the SEC may by rules and regulations prescribe) which the Company is required
to file with the SEC pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;
provided, however, the Company shall not be required to deliver to the Trustee
any materials for which the Company has sought and received confidential
treatment by the SEC. The Company also shall comply with the other provisions of
Section 314(a) of the TIA.

         (b) If at any time the Company is not subject to Section 13 or Section
15(d) of the Exchange Act, upon the request of a Holder of Notes, the Company
will promptly furnish or cause the Trustee to furnish to such Holder or to a
prospective purchaser of a Note designated by such Holder, as the case may be,
the information, if any, required to be delivered by it pursuant to Rule
144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act to permit compliance with Rule 144A in
connection with resales of the Notes.

         SECTION 4.04.  Compliance Certificate.

         The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end
of each fiscal year of the Company, an Officers' Certificate stating that in the
course of the performance by the signers of their duties as officers of the
Company, they would normally have knowledge of any failure by the Company to
comply with all conditions, or Default by the Company with respect to any
covenants, under this Indenture, and further stating whether or not they have
knowledge of any such failure or Default and, if so, specifying each such
failure or Default and the nature thereof; provided, however, that the first
such Officers' Certificate shall be delivered on or before May 15, 2000.. For
purposes of this Section, such compliance shall be determined without regard to
any period of grace or requirement of notice provided for in this Indenture. The
certificate need not comply with Section 11.04 hereof.

         SECTION 4.05.  Taxes.

         The Company shall pay prior to delinquency, all material taxes,
assessments, and governmental levies except as contested in good faith by
appropriate proceedings.

         SECTION 4.06.  Corporate Existence.

         Subject to Article V hereof, the Company shall do or cause to be done
all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect (i) its
corporate existence and (ii) the material rights (charter and statutory),
licenses and franchises of the Company and its 


                                       33

<PAGE>   41


Subsidiaries taken as a whole; provided, however, that the Company shall not be
required to preserve any such right, license or franchise if the Board of
Directors or management of the Company determines that the preservation thereof
is no longer in the best interests of the Company, and that the loss thereof is
not adverse in any material respect to the Holders.

         SECTION 4.07.  Limitation on Liens.

         The Company shall not, nor shall it permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on any of
their respective properties or assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired,
or upon any income or profits therefrom, without effectively providing that the
Notes shall be equally and ratably secured until such time as such Indebtedness
is no longer secured by such Lien, except:

                  (i)    Permitted Liens;

                  (ii)   Liens on shares of capital stock of Subsidiaries of the
         Company (and the proceeds thereof) securing obligations under the
         Principal Credit Facilities;

                  (iii)  Liens on receivables subject to a Receivable Financing
         Transaction;

                  (iv)   Liens arising in connection with industrial development
         bonds or other industrial development, pollution control or other
         tax-favored or government-sponsored financing transactions, provided
         that such Liens do not at any time encumber any property other than the
         property financed by such transaction and other property, assets or
         revenues related to the property so financed on which Liens are
         customarily granted in connection with such transactions (in each case,
         together with improvements and attachments thereto);

                  (v)    Liens granted after the Issue Date on any assets or
         properties of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to
         secure obligations under the Notes;

                  (vi)   Extensions, renewals and replacements of any Lien
         described in subsections (i) through (v) above; and

                  (vii)  Other Liens in respect of Indebtedness of the Company
         and its Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount at any
         time not exceeding 5% of Consolidated Assets at such time.

         SECTION 4.08.  Limitation on Sale and Lease-Back Transactions.

         The Company shall not, nor shall it permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, enter into any sale and lease-back transaction for the sale and
leasing back of any property or asset, whether now owned or hereafter acquired,
of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (except

                                       34


<PAGE>   42



such transactions (i) entered into prior to the Issue Date, (ii) for the sale
and leasing back of any property or asset by a Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, (iii)
involving leases for less than three years or (iv) in which the lease for the
property or asset is entered into within 120 days after the later of the date of
acquisition, completion of construction or commencement of full operations of
such property or asset) unless:

                  (a) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary would be
         entitled under Section 4.07 hereof to create, incur, assume or permit
         to exist a Lien on the assets to be leased in an amount at least equal
         to the Attributable Value in respect of such transaction without
         equally and ratably securing the Notes; or

                  (b) the proceeds of the sale of the assets to be leased are at
         least equal to their fair market value and the proceeds are applied to
         the purchase, acquisition, construction or refurbishment of assets or
         to the repayment of Indebtedness of the Company or any of its
         Restricted Subsidiaries which on the date of original incurrence had a
         maturity of more than one year.


                                   ARTICLE V

                                  MERGER, ETC.

         SECTION 5.01.  When Company May Merge, etc.

         The Company shall not consolidate or merge with or into, or sell,
assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all
of its assets to, any Person unless:

                  (i)    the Person formed by or surviving any such 
         consolidation or merger (if other than the Company), or to which such
         sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition
         shall have been made, is a corporation organized and existing under the
         laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District
         of Columbia;

                  (ii)   the Person formed by or surviving any such 
         consolidation or merger (if other than the Company), or to which such
         sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition
         shall have been made, assumes by supplemental indenture satisfactory in
         form to the Trustee all of the obligations of the Company under the
         Notes and this Indenture; and

                  (iii)  immediately after such transaction, and giving effect
         thereto, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
         continuing.


                                       35


<PAGE>   43

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may merge with another Person or
acquire by purchase or otherwise all or any part of the property or assets of
any other corporation or Person in a transaction in which the surviving entity
is the Company.

         SECTION 5.02.  Successor Corporation Substituted.

         Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer,
lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all the assets of
the Company in accordance with Section 5.01 hereof, the successor corporation
formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or to which
such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made
shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power
of, the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor
corporation had been named as the Company herein. In the event of any such sale
or conveyance, but not any such lease, the Company or any successor corporation
which thereafter will have become such in the manner described in this Article V
shall be discharged from all obligations and covenants under the Notes and this
Indenture and may be dissolved, wound up or liquidated.

                                   ARTICLE VI

                              DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

         SECTION 6.01.  Events of Default.

         An "Event of Default" with respect to any tranche of Notes occurs when
any of the following occurs:

                  (i)    the Company defaults in the payment of the principal of
         any Note of such tranche when it becomes due and payable at maturity,
         upon acceleration, redemption or otherwise;

                  (ii)   the Company defaults in the payment of interest on any
         Note of such tranche when it becomes due and payable and such default
         continues for a period of 30 days;

                  (iii)  the Company or any Guarantor fails to comply with any 
         of its other agreements or covenants in, or provisions of, the Notes of
         such tranche or this Indenture and the Default continues for the period
         and after the notice specified below;

                  (iv)   any Guarantee of the Notes of such tranche ceases to be
         in full force and effect or any Guarantor denies or disaffirms its
         obligations under its Guarantee of the Notes of such tranche, except,
         in each case, in connection with a release of a Guarantee in accordance
         with the terms of this Indenture;


                                       36


<PAGE>   44



                  (v)    the nonpayment at maturity or other default (beyond any
         applicable grace period) under any agreement or instrument relating to
         any other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (the
         unpaid principal amount of which is not less than $40,000,000), which
         default results in the acceleration of the maturity of such
         Indebtedness prior to its stated maturity or occurs at the final
         maturity thereof;

                  (vi)   the entry of any final judgment or orders against the
         Company or any of its Subsidiaries in excess of $40,000,000
         individually or in the aggregate (not covered by insurance) that is not
         paid, discharged or otherwise stayed (by appeal or otherwise) within 60
         days after the entry of such judgments or orders;

                  (vii)  the Company or a Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or
         within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

                         (a) commences a voluntary case or proceeding;

                         (b) consents to the entry of an order for relief
                  against it in an involuntary case or proceeding;

                         (c) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or
                  for all or substantially all of its property; or

                         (d) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its
                  creditors; or

                  (viii) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or
         decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

                         (a) is for relief against the Company or any
                  Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case or proceeding;

                         (b) appoints a Custodian for the Company or any
                  Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of its
                  property; or

                         (c) orders the winding up or liquidation of the Company
                  or any Significant Subsidiary,

         and any such order or decree under this clause (viii) remains unstayed
         and in effect for 60 days.


                                       37


<PAGE>   45



         A Default under clause (iii) of this Section 6.01 is not an Event of
Default until the Trustee notifies the Company in writing, or the Holders of at
least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes of such tranche notify
the Company and the Trustee in writing, of the Default, and the Company does not
cure the Default within 30 days after receipt of the notice. The notice must
specify the Default, demand that it be remedied and state that the notice is a
"Notice of Default".

         SECTION 6.02.  Acceleration.

         If an Event of Default with respect to outstanding Notes of any tranche
(other than an Event of Default specified in clause (vii) or (viii) of Section
6.01 hereof) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least
25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes of such tranche, by written
notice to the Company, may declare due and payable 100% of the principal amount
of all Notes of such tranche plus any accrued and unpaid interest to the date of
payment. Upon a declaration of acceleration, such principal (or such lesser
amount) and accrued and unpaid interest to the date of payment shall be due and
payable. If an Event of Default specified in clause (vii) or (viii) of Section
6.01 hereof occurs, all unpaid principal and accrued interest on the Notes of
such tranche shall become and be immediately due and payable without any
declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder.

         The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes
of such tranche by written notice to the Trustee may rescind and annul an
acceleration and its consequences if (i) all existing Events of Default, other
than the nonpayment of principal (or such lesser amount) of or interest on the
Notes of such tranche which have become due solely because of the acceleration,
have been cured or waived and (ii) the rescission would not conflict with any
judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction.

         SECTION 6.03.  Other Remedies.

         If an Event of Default with respect to outstanding Notes of any tranche
occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy by
proceeding at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal of or
interest on the Notes of such tranche or to enforce the performance of any
provision of the Notes of such tranche or this Indenture, including, without
limitation, seeking recourse against any Guarantor.

         The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any
of the Notes of such tranche or does not produce any of them in the proceeding.
A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or
remedy accruing upon the Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy
or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is
exclusive of any other remedy. All remedies are cumulative to the extent
permitted by law.

         SECTION 6.04.  Waiver of Past Defaults.

                                       38


<PAGE>   46



         Subject to Sections 6.07 and 9.02 hereof, the Holders of at least a
majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes of any tranche by notice
to the Trustee may waive an existing Default or Event of Default with respect to
such tranche except a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the
principal of or interest on any Note of such tranche (provided, however, that,
subject to Section 6.07, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the
then outstanding Notes of such tranche may rescind an acceleration and its
consequences, including any related payment default that resulted from such
acceleration). When a Default or Event of Default is waived, it is deemed cured
and ceases.

         SECTION 6.05.  Control by Majority.

         The Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the
outstanding Notes of any tranche may direct the time, method and place of
conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising
any trust or power conferred on it. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow
any direction that (i) conflicts with law or this Indenture, (ii) the Trustee
determines may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders or (iii) may
involve the Trustee in personal liability. The Trustee may take any other action
which it deems proper which is not inconsistent with any such direction.

         SECTION 6.06.  Limitation on Suits.

         Subject to the provisions of Section 6.07 hereof, no Holder of Notes of
any tranche may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes of
such tranche unless:

                  (i)    the Holder gives to the Trustee written notice stating
         that an Event of Default with respect to such tranche is continuing;

                  (ii)   the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the
         outstanding Notes of such tranche make a written request to the Trustee
         to pursue the remedy;

                  (iii)  such Holder or Holders offer to the Trustee indemnity
         satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability, cost or
         expense;

                  (iv)   the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60
         days after receipt of the request and the offer of indemnity; and

                  (v)    during such 60-day period, the Holders of at least a
         majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes of such tranche
         do not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with the request.

         A Holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another
Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder.


                                       39


<PAGE>   47



         SECTION 6.07.  Rights of Holders To Receive Payment.

         Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any
Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal of or interest, if any, on the
Note on or after the respective due dates expressed or provided for in the Note,
or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such
respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of the
Holder.

         SECTION 6.08.  Collection Suit by Trustee.

         If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(i) or (ii) hereof
occurs and is continuing with respect to Notes of any tranche, the Trustee may
recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the
Company (and any other obligor on the Notes, including any Guarantor) for the
whole amount of principal and accrued interest, if any, remaining unpaid on the
outstanding Notes of such tranche (and the related Guarantees), together with
(to the extent lawful) interest on overdue principal and interest, and such
further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and, to the extent
lawful, expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel and any other
amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof.

         SECTION 6.09.  Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

         The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents
as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee and
the Holders allowed in any judicial proceeding relative to the Company (or any
other obligor upon the Notes, including any Guarantor), its creditors or its
property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect and receive any moneys
or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute
the same, and any custodian in any such judicial proceedings is hereby
authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event
that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the
Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable
compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents
and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof.
Nothing contained in this Indenture shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to
authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of
reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or
the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect
of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.


                                       40


<PAGE>   48



         SECTION 6.10.  Priorities.

         If the Trustee collects any amount of money with respect to any tranche
of Notes pursuant to this Article VI, it shall pay out the money in the
following order:

                  First: to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts
         due under Section 7.07 hereof, including payment of all compensation,
         expense and liabilities incurred, and all advances made by the trustee
         and the costs and expenses of collection;

                  Second: to Holders of such tranche for amounts due and unpaid
         on the Notes of such tranche for principal and interest, if any,
         ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the
         amounts due and payable on the Notes of such tranche for principal and
         interest, respectively; and

                  Third: to the Company or any other obligors on the Notes of
         such tranche, as their interests may appear, or to such party as a
         court of competent jurisdiction may direct.

         The Trustee, upon prior written notice to the Company, may fix a record
date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.10.
The Trustee shall notify the Company in writing reasonably in advance of any
such record date and payment date.

         SECTION 6.11.  Undertaking for Costs.

         In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this
Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by
it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party
litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the
court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable
attorneys' fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due
regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party
litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a
Holder pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in
principal amount of the outstanding Notes of such tranche.

         SECTION 6.12.  Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.

         The Company and each Guarantor covenants (to the extent that it may
lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any
manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension
or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may
affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company and
each Guarantor (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly
waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it shall
not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any
power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution
of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.


                                       41


<PAGE>   49




                                   ARTICLE VII

                                     TRUSTEE

         SECTION 7.01.  Duties of Trustee.

         (a) If an Event of Default with respect to any tranche of Notes has
occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and
powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill
in their exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the
circumstances in the conduct of such person's own affairs.

         (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

                  (1) the Trustee need perform only those duties that are
         specifically set forth in this Indenture or the TIA, and no implied
         covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the
         Trustee; and

                  (2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may
         conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the
         correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or
         opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of
         this Indenture; provided, however, that in the case of any such
         certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically
         required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine the
         certificates and opinions to determine whether or not, on their face,
         they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not
         investigate or confirm the accuracy of mathematical calculations or
         other facts stated therein).

         (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own
negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own wilful misconduct
except that:

                  (1) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) 
         of this Section 7.01;

                  (2) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment
         made in good faith by a Trust Officer or other officer, unless it is
         proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent
         facts; and

                  (3) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action
         it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction
         received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof.


                                       42


<PAGE>   50



         (d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of
this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs
(a), (b), (c) and (e) of this Section 7.01.

         (e) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend
or risk its own funds or incur any liability. The Trustee may refuse to perform
any duty or exercise any right or power unless it receives indemnity
satisfactory to it against any loss, liability, cost or expense (including,
without limitation, reasonable fees of counsel).

         (f) The Trustee shall not be obligated to pay interest on any money or
other assets received by it unless otherwise agreed in writing with the Company.
Assets held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds
except to the extent required by law.

         (g) the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the
facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument,
opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture,
note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the
Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into
such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to
make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the
books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney
at the sole cost of the Company and shall incur no liability or additional
liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation;

         (h) the Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or
Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual
knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a
default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee,
and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture; and

         (i) the rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given
to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are
extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities
hereunder, and to each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act
hereunder.

         SECTION 7.02.  Rights of Trustee.

         Subject to Section 315(a) through (d) of the TIA:

         (a) The Trustee may rely on any document believed by it to be genuine
and to have been signed or presented by the proper person. The Trustee need not
investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.

         (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an
Officers' Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel, or both. The Trustee shall not
be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on
the Officers' Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.

                                       43


<PAGE>   51



         (c) The Trustee may act through attorneys and agents and shall not be
responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any attorney or agent appointed
with due care.

         (d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to
take in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within the rights or
powers conferred upon it by this Indenture, unless the Trustee's conduct
constitutes negligence.

         (e) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the
advice of such counsel as to matters of law shall be full and complete
authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered
by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of
such counsel.

         (f) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any
demand, request, direction or notice from the Company shall be sufficient if
signed by an Officer of the Company.

         SECTION 7.03.  Individual Rights of Trustee.

         The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the
owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or any
Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not
Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting
interest (as such term is defined in Section 3.10(b) of the TIA), it must
eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to
continue as trustee (to the extent permitted under Section 310(b) of the TIA) or
resign. Any agent may do the same with like rights and duties. the Trustee is
also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof.

         SECTION 7.04.  Money Held in Trust.

         Money held by the Trustee in trust hereunder need not be segregated
from other funds except to the extent required by law. The Trustee shall be
under no liability for interest on any money received by it hereunder except as
otherwise agreed in writing with the Company.

         SECTION 7.05.  Trustee's Disclaimer.

         The Trustee (i) makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy
of this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees, (ii) is not be accountable for
the Company's use of the proceeds from the Notes, and (iii) is not be
responsible for any statement in the Notes other than its certificate of
authentication.


                                       44


<PAGE>   52



         SECTION 7.06.  Notice of Defaults.

         If a Default or Event of Default with respect to any tranche of Notes
occurs and is continuing, and if it is actually known to the Trustee, the
Trustee shall mail to Holders a notice of the Default or Event of Default within
90 days after the occurrence thereof. Except in the case of a Default or Event
of Default in payment of any such Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if
and so long as it in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the
interests of the Holders.

         SECTION 7.07.  Reports by Trustee to Holders.

         The Trustee shall transmit to Holders such reports concerning the
Trustee and its actions under this Indenture as may be required by Section 313
of the TIA at the times and in the manner provided by the TIA, which initially
shall be not less than every twelve months commencing on and may be dated as of
a date up to 75 days prior to such transmission.

         A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to Holders shall be
filed with the SEC, if required, and each stock exchange, if any, on which the
Notes are listed. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes
of any tranche become listed on any stock exchange.

         SECTION 7.08.  Compensation and Indemnity.

         The Company shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such
compensation as shall be agreed in writing between the Company and the Trustee
for its services hereunder. The Trustee's compensation shall not be limited by
any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company shall
reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances
and expenses incurred by it, including in particular, but without limitation,
those incurred in connection with the enforcement of any remedies hereunder.
Such expenses may include the reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses of the
Trustee's agents and counsel.

         Except as set forth in the next paragraph, the Company shall indemnify
and hold harmless the Trustee and any predecessor trustee against any and all
loss and liability or expense, including taxes (other than taxes based upon,
measured by or determined by the income of the Trustee) incurred by it arising
out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of the trust under
this Indenture. The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of any claim for
which it may seek indemnity. The Company shall defend such claim and the Trustee
shall cooperate in such defense. The Trustee may have separate counsel and the
Company shall pay the reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses of such
counsel.

         The Company need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any
loss, liability, cost or expense incurred by the Trustee through negligence,
wilful misconduct or bad faith.


                                       45


<PAGE>   53



         To secure the Company's payment obligations in this Section 7.07, the
Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or
collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay the principal of and
interest on particular Notes. The Trustee's right to receive payment of any
amounts due under this Section 7.07 will not be subordinate to any other
liability or indebtedness of the Company.

         The Company's payment obligations pursuant to this Section 7.07 shall
survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. When the Trustee
incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in
clause (vii) or (viii) of Section 6.01 hereof occurs, the expenses and the
compensation for the services are intended to constitute expenses of
administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

         The provisions of this Section shall survive the termination of this
Indenture.

         SECTION 7.09.  Replacement of Trustee.

         A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor
Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee's acceptance of
appointment as provided in this Section 7.09.

         The Trustee may resign and be discharged from the trust hereby created
with respect to one or both tranches of Notes by so notifying the Company in
writing. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding
Notes of any tranche may remove the Trustee with respect to such tranche by so
notifying the Trustee and the Company in writing. The Company must remove the
Trustee with respect to one or both tranches of Notes if:

                  (i)    the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof or
         Section 310 of the TIA;

                  (ii)   the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or
         an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any
         Bankruptcy Law;

                  (iii)  a Custodian or public officer takes charge of the
Trustee or its property; or

                  (iv)   the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

         If, as to any tranche of Notes, the Trustee resigns or is removed or if
a vacancy exists in the office of the Trustee for any reason, the Company shall
promptly appoint a successor Trustee for such tranche of Notes. The Trustee
shall be entitled to payment of its fees and reimbursement of its expenses while
acting as Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the
Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of then outstanding Notes of
such tranche may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee
appointed by the Company.


                                       46


<PAGE>   54



         Any Holder of Notes of such tranche may petition any court of competent
jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor
Trustee if the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof.

         If an instrument of acceptance by a successor Trustee shall not have
been delivered to the Trustee within 30 days after the giving of such notice of
resignation or removal, the resigning or removed Trustee, as the case may be,
may petition, at the expense of the Company, any court of competent jurisdiction
for the appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to the Notes of such
tranche.

         A successor Trustee as to any tranche of Notes shall deliver a written
acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company.
Thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become
effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and
duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The Company shall mail a notice of
the successor Trustee's succession to the Holders. The retiring Trustee shall
promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee,
subject to the lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof. Notwithstanding
replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Company's
obligations under Section 7.07 hereof shall continue for the benefit of the
retiring Trustee with respect to expenses, losses and liabilities incurred by it
prior to such replacement.

         In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Trustee with
respect to the Notes of one but not both tranches, the Company, the retiring
Trustee and each successor Trustee with respect to the Notes of one tranche
shall execute and deliver an indenture supplemental hereto wherein each
successor Trustee shall accept such appointment and which shall:

                  (i)    contain such provisions as shall be necessary of 
desirable to transfer and confirm to, and to vest in, each successor Trustee all
the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to
the Notes of the tranche to which the appointment of such successor Trustee
relates;

                  (ii)   contain such provisions as shall be necessary or
desirable to confirm that all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the
retiring Trustee with respect to the Notes of the tranche as to which the
retiring Trustee is not retiring shall continue to be vested in the retiring
Trustee; and

                  (iii)  add to or change any of the provisions of this 
Indenture as shall be necessary or desirable to provide for or facilitate the
administration of the trusts hereunder by two Trustees; provided, however, that
nothing contained herein or in such supplemental Indenture shall constitute such
Trustee to be co-trustees of the same trust and that each such Trustee shall be
trustee of a trust hereunder separate and apart from any trust hereunder
administered by the other such Trustee.


                                       47


<PAGE>   55



         Upon the execution and deliver of such supplemental Indenture, the
resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective to the
extent provided therein and such successor Trustee, without any further act,
deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and
duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Notes of that tranche to
which the appointment of such successor Trustee relates.

         SECTION 7.10.  Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc.

         Subject to Section 7.10 hereof, if the Trustee consolidates with,
merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate
trust business to, another corporation or national banking association, the
successor entity without any further act shall be the successor Trustee as to
such tranche of Notes.

         SECTION 7.11.   Eligibility; Disqualification.

         The Trustee of each tranche of Notes shall at all times satisfy the
requirements of Section 310(a)(1), (2) and (5) of the TIA. The Trustee as to any
tranche of Notes shall at all times have a combined capital and surplus of at
least $100 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of
condition. The Trustee is subject to Section 310(b) of the TIA.

         SECTION 7.12.   Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company.

         The Trustee is subject to Section 311(a) of the TIA, excluding any
creditor relationship listed in Section 311(b) of the TIA. A Trustee who has
resigned or been removed shall be subject to Section 311(a) of the TIA to the
extent indicated therein.


                                  ARTICLE VIII

                             DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE

         SECTION 8.01.  Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture.

         This Indenture shall cease to be of further effect with respect to any
tranche of Notes (except as to any surviving rights of registration of transfer
or exchange of Notes herein expressly provided for), and the Trustee, at the
expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging
satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture as to such tranche, when:

         (i)      either:

                  (a) all Notes of such tranche previously authenticated and
         delivered (other than Notes of such tranche which have been destroyed,
         lost or stolen and which have been replaced or paid) have been
         delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

                                       48


<PAGE>   56



                  (b) all such Notes not previously delivered to the Trustee for
         cancellation have become due and payable (whether at stated maturity,
         early redemption or otherwise);

         and, in the case of clause (b) above, the Company has deposited, or
         caused to be deposited, irrevocably with the Trustee as trust funds in
         trust for the purpose of making the following payments, specifically
         pledged as security for and dedicated solely to the benefit of the
         Holders of Notes of such tranche, cash in U.S. dollars and/or U.S.
         Government Obligations which through the payment of interest and
         principal in respect thereof, in accordance with their terms, will
         provide (and without reinvestment and assuming no tax liability will be
         imposed on such Trustee), not later than one day before the due date of
         any payment of money, an amount in cash, sufficient, in the opinion of
         a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants
         expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee,
         to pay principal of and interest on all the Notes on the dates such
         payments of principal or interest are due to maturity or redemption;

         (ii) the Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable
hereunder by the Company with respect to the Notes of the applicable tranche;
and

         (iii) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate
and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent herein
provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with
respect to the Notes of such tranche have been complied with.

         Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the
obligations of the Company to the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof shall
survive, and, if money will have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to
subclause (b) of clause (i) of this Section, the obligations of the Trustee
under Sections 8.02 and 8.05 hereof shall survive.

         SECTION 8.02. Application of Trust Funds; Indemnification.

         (a) Subject to the provisions of Section 8.05 hereof, all money and
U.S. Government Obligations deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 8.01,
8.03 or 8.04 hereof and all money received by the Trustee in respect of U.S.
Government Obligations deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Sections 8.01,
8.03 or 8.04 hereof, shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance
with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either
directly or through any Paying Agent as the Trustee may determine, to the
persons entitled thereto, of the principal and interest for whose payment such
money has been deposited with or received by the Trustee.


                                       49


<PAGE>   57



         (b) The Company shall pay and shall indemnify the Trustee against any
tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against U.S. Government
Obligations deposited pursuant to Sections 8.01, 8.03 or 8.04 hereof or the
interest and principal received in respect of such obligations other than any
payable by or on behalf of Holders.

         (c) The Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time
upon the request of the Company any U.S. Government Obligations or money held by
it as provided in Sections 8.01, 8.03 or 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a
nationally recognized firm of independent certified public accountants expressed
in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, are then in excess
of the amount thereof which then would have been required to be deposited for
the purpose for which such U.S. Government Obligations or money were deposited
or received. This provision shall not authorize the sale by the Trustee of any
U.S. Government Obligations held under this Indenture.

         SECTION 8.03.  Legal Defeasance.

         The Company and the Guarantors shall be deemed to have been discharged
from their obligations with respect to all of the outstanding Notes of any
tranche and the related Guarantees on the 91st day after the date of the deposit
referred to in subparagraph (d) hereof, and the provisions of this Indenture, as
it relates to such outstanding Notes of such tranche and the related Guarantees,
shall no longer be in effect (and the Trustee, at the expense of the Company,
shall, upon the request of the Company, execute proper instruments acknowledging
the same), except as to:

                  (i)    the rights of Holders of Notes of such tranche to 
         receive, solely from the trust funds described in subparagraph (a)
         hereof, payments of the principal of or interest on the outstanding
         Notes of such tranche on the date such payments are due;

                  (ii)   the Company's obligations with respect to such Notes
         under Sections 2.04, 2.05, 2.07, 2.08, 2.09 and 2.10 hereof; and

                  (iii)  the rights, powers, trust and immunities of the Trustee
         hereunder and the duties of the Trustee under Section 8.02 hereof and
         the duty of the Trustee to authenticate Notes issued on registration of
         transfer of exchange;

          provided that the following conditions shall have been satisfied:

                  (a)    the Company shall have deposited, or caused to be
         deposited, irrevocably with the Trustee as trust funds in trust for the
         purpose of making the following payments, specifically pledged as
         security for and dedicated solely to the benefit of the Holders of
         Notes of such tranche, cash in U.S. dollars and/or U.S. Government
         Obligations which through the payment of interest and principal in
         respect thereof, in accordance with their terms, will provide (and
         without reinvestment and assuming no tax liability will be

                                       50


<PAGE>   58



         imposed on such Trustee), not later than one day before the due date of
         any payment of money, an amount in cash, sufficient, in the opinion of
         a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants
         expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee,
         to pay principal of and interest on all the Notes on the dates such
         payments of principal or interest are due to maturity or redemption;

                  (b) such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of,
         or constitute a default under, this Indenture;

                  (c) no Default or Event of Default with respect to such
         tranche shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such
         deposit and 91 days shall have passed after the deposit has been made,
         and, during such 91 day period, no Default with respect to such tranche
         specified in Section 6.01(vii) or (viii) hereof with respect to the
         Company occurs which is continuing at the end of such period;

                  (d) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an
         Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that (A)
         the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the
         Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or (B) since the date of execution
         of this Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable federal
         income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon
         such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders will not
         recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a
         result of such deposit, defeasance and discharge and will be subject to
         federal income tax on the same amount and in the same manner and at the
         same times as would have been the case if such deposit, defeasance and
         discharge had not occurred;

                  (e) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an
         Officers' Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the
         Company with the intent of preferring the Holders over any other
         creditors of the Company or with the intent of defeating, hindering,
         delaying or defrauding any other creditors of the Company;

                  (f) such deposit shall not result in the trust arising from
         such deposit constituting an "investment company" (as defined in the
         Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended), or such trust shall be
         qualified under such Act or exempt from regulation thereunder; and

                  (g) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an
         Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all
         conditions precedent relating to the defeasance contemplated by this
         Section 8.03 have been complied with.

         SECTION 8.04.  Covenant Defeasance.

         On and after the 91st day after the date of the deposit referred to in
subparagraph (a) hereof, the Company may omit to comply with any term, provision
or condition set forth under

                                       51

<PAGE>   59
Sections 4.03(a), 4.04, 4.05, 4.07, 4.08 and 10.06 hereof as well as any
additional covenants contained in a supplemental indenture hereto (and the
failure to comply with any such provisions shall not constitute a Default or
Event of Default with respect to such tranche under Section 6.01 hereof) and the
occurrence of any event described in clause (iii) of Section 6.01 hereof shall
not constitute a Default with respect to such tranche or Event of Default with
respect to such tranche hereunder, with respect to the Notes of such tranche,
provided that the following conditions shall have been satisfied:

                  (i)   With reference to this Section 8.04, the Company has
         deposited, or caused to be deposited, irrevocably (except as provided
         in Section 8.05 hereof) with the Trustee as trust funds in trust,
         specifically pledged as security for, and dedicated solely to, the
         benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars and/or U.S. Government
         Obligations which through the payment of principal and interest in
         respect thereof, in accordance with their terms, will provide (and
         without reinvestment and assuming no tax liability will be imposed on
         such Trustee), not later than one day before the due date of any
         payment of money, an amount in cash, sufficient, in the opinion of a
         nationally recognized firm of independent certified public accountants
         expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee,
         to pay principal and interest on all the Notes of such tranche on the
         dates such payments of principal and interest are due to maturity or
         redemption;

                  (ii)  Such deposit will not result in a breach or violation 
         of, or constitute a default under, this Indenture;

                  (iii) No Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes
         of such tranche shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of
         such deposit and 91 days shall have passed after the deposit has been
         made, and, during such 91 day period, no Default with respect to the
         Notes of such tranche specified in Section 6.01(vii) or (viii) hereof
         with respect to the Company occurs which is continuing at the end of
         such period;

                  (iv)  The Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an
         Opinion of Counsel confirming that Holders of the Notes of such tranche
         will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes
         as a result of such deposit and defeasance and will be subject to
         federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the
         same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance
         had not occurred;

                  (v)   The Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an
         Officers' Certificate stating the deposit was not made by the Company
         with the intent of preferring the Holders of the Notes of such tranche
         over any other creditors of the Company or with the intent of
         defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any other creditors of the
         Company;

                  (vi)  such deposit shall not result in the trust arising from
         such deposit constituting an "investment company" (as defined in the
         Investment Company Act of

                                       52
<PAGE>   60



         1940, as amended), or such trust shall be qualified under such Act or
         exempt from regulation thereunder; and

                  (vii) The Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an
         Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all
         conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the defeasance
         contemplated by this Section 8.04 have been complied with.

         SECTION 8.05.  Repayment to Company.

         The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to the Company upon request
any money held by them for the payment of principal or interest that remains
unclaimed for two years after the date upon which such payment shall have become
due. After payment to the Company, Holders entitled to the money must look to
the Company for payment as general creditors unless an applicable abandoned
property law designates another Person.


                                   ARTICLE IX

                       AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS

         SECTION 9.01.  Without Consent of Holders.

         Without the consent of any Holder, the Company, the Guarantors and the
Trustee may, at any time, amend this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees to:

                  (i)   cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, provided 
         that such change does not adversely affect the rights hereunder of any
         Holder in any material respect;

                  (ii)  provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to
         certificated Notes;

                  (iii) provide for the assumption of the Company's obligations
         to the Holders of Notes in the case of a merger or consolidation
         pursuant to Article V hereof;

                  (iv)  comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect 
         or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA, provided
         that such change does not adversely affect the rights hereunder of any
         Holder in any material respect;

                  (v)   make any change that does not adversely affect in any
         material respect the rights hereunder of any Holder;

                  (vi)  add to the covenants of the Company and the Guarantors
         for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power
         herein conferred upon the Company or the Guarantors;

                                       53

<PAGE>   61

                  (vii)  add a Guarantor or remove a Guarantor in respect to the
         Notes which, in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, ceases to
         be liable in respect of its Guarantee;

                  (viii) secure the Notes; or

                  (ix)   provide for the issuance of the Exchange Notes, which
         will have terms substantially identical in all material respects to the
         Initial Notes of the same tranche (except that (i) such Exchange Notes
         shall not contain terms with respect to transfer restrictions and shall
         be registered under the Securities Act and (ii) certain provisions
         relating to an increase in the stated rate of interest thereon shall be
         eliminated) and which will be treated, together with any outstanding
         Initial Notes of the same tranche, as a single issue of securities.

         SECTION 9.02.  With Consent of Holders.

         Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, this Indenture, the
Notes or the Guarantees may be amended or supplemented, and noncompliance in any
particular instance with any provision of this Indenture, the Notes or the
Guarantees may be waived, in each case with the written consent of the Holders
of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes of each
tranche affected thereby.

         Without the consent of each Holder of Notes of the affected tranche
that is affected thereby, an amendment or waiver under this Section 9.02 may
not:

                  (i)    reduce the principal amount of Notes the Holders of 
         which must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver of any
         provision of this Indenture;

                  (ii)   reduce the rate of or extend the time for payment of
         interest on any Note;

                  (iii)  reduce the principal of or change the stated maturity 
         of any Notes;

                  (iv)   change the date on which any Note may be subject to
         redemption, or reduce the redemption price therefor;

                  (v)    make any Note payable in currency other than that 
         stated in the Note;

                  (vi)   modify or change any provision of this Indenture
         affecting the ranking of the Notes in a manner which adversely affects
         the Holders thereof;

                  (vii)  impair the right of any Holder to institute suit for 
         the enforcement of any payment in or with respect to any Note;


                                       54
<PAGE>   62



                  (viii) modify or change any provision of any Guarantee in a
         manner which adversely affects the Holders of the Notes; or

                  (ix)   make any change in the foregoing amendment and waiver
         provisions which require each Holder's consent.

         It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this
Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or waiver,
but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

         After an amendment or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective,
the Company shall mail to Holders affected thereby a notice briefly describing
the amendment or waiver. Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any
defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of
any such amended or supplemental indenture or waiver.

         SECTION 9.03.  Compliance with Trust Indenture Act.

         Every amendment to this Indenture or the Notes shall be set forth in a
supplemental indenture that complies with the TIA as then in effect.

         SECTION 9.04.  Revocation and Effect of Consents.

         Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent
to it by a Holder is a continuing consent by the Holder and every subsequent
Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the
consenting Holder's Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any
Note; provided, however, that unless a record date shall have been established
pursuant to Section 2.17 hereof, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke
the consent as to its Note or portion of a Note if the Trustee receives written
notice of revocation before the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes
effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective on receipt by
the Trustee of consents from the Holders of the requisite percentage principal
amount of the outstanding Notes of any tranche, and thereafter shall bind every
Holder of Notes of such tranche; provided, however, if the amendment, supplement
or waiver makes a change described in any of the clauses (i) through (ix) of
Section 9.02 hereof, the amendment, supplement or waiver shall bind only each
Holder of a Note which has consented to it and every subsequent Holder of a Note
or portion of a Note that evidences the same indebtedness as the consenting
Holder's Note.

         SECTION 9.05.  Notation on or Exchange of Notes.

         If an amendment, supplement or waiver changes the terms of a Note:

                  (a) the Trustee may require the Holder of a Note to deliver
         such Note to the Trustee, the Trustee may place an appropriate notation
         on the Note about the changed

                                       55

<PAGE>   63



         terms and return it to the Holder and the Trustee may place an
         appropriate notation on any Note thereafter authenticated; or

                  (b) if the Company or the Trustee so determines, the Company
         in exchange for the Note shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate
         a new Note that reflects the changed terms.

         Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not
affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

         SECTION 9.06.  Trustee to Sign Amendment, etc.

         The Trustee shall sign any amendment authorized pursuant to this
Article IX if the amendment does not adversely affect the rights, duties,
liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. If it does, the Trustee may but need
not sign it. In signing or refusing to sign such amendment, the Trustee shall be
entitled to receive and shall be fully protected in relying upon an Officers'
Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel as conclusive evidence that such amendment
is authorized or permitted by this Indenture.

                                    ARTICLE X

                                   GUARANTEES

         SECTION 10.01.  Guarantees.

         (a) Subject to the provisions of this Article X, each Guarantor,
jointly and severally, irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees to each Holder
of Notes and to the Trustee on behalf of the Holders:

                  (i)   the due and punctual payment in full of principal of and
         interest on the Notes when due, whether at stated maturity, upon
         acceleration, redemption or otherwise;

                  (ii)  the due and punctual payment in full of interest on the
         overdue principal of and, to the extent permitted by law, interest on
         the Notes; and

                  (iii) the due and punctual payment of all other Obligations of
         the Company and the other Guarantors to the Holders or the Trustee
         hereunder or under the Notes, including, without limitation, the
         payment of fees, expenses, indemnification or other amounts.

In case of the failure of the Company punctually to make any such principal or
interest payment or the failure of the Company or any other Guarantor to pay any
such other Obligation, each Guarantor agrees to cause any such payment to be
made punctually when due, whether at stated

                                       56

<PAGE>   64



maturity, upon acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and as if such payment
were made by the Company and to perform any such other Obligation of the Company
immediately. Each Guarantor further agrees to pay any and all expenses
(including reasonable counsel fees and expenses) incurred by the Trustee or the
Holders in enforcing any rights under these Guarantees. The Guarantees under
this Article X are guarantees of payment and not of collection.

         (b) Each of the Company and the Guarantors waives diligence,
presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of
merger, insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company or any other Guarantor, any
right to require a proceeding first against the Company or any other Guarantor,
protest or notice with respect to the Notes and all demands whatsoever, and
covenants that these Guarantees shall not be discharged except by complete
performance of the Obligations contained in the Notes and in this Indenture, or
as otherwise specifically provided therein or herein.

         (c)      Each Guarantor waives and relinquishes:

                  (i)   any right to require the Trustee, the Holders or the
         Company (each, a "Benefited Party") to proceed against the Company, the
         Subsidiaries of the Company or any other Person or to proceed against
         or exhaust any security held by a Benefited Party at any time or to
         pursue any other remedy in any secured party's power before proceeding
         against the Guarantors;

                  (ii)  any defense that may arise by reason of the incapacity,
         lack of authority, death or disability of any other Person or Persons
         or the failure of a Benefited Party to file or enforce a claim against
         the estate (in administration, bankruptcy or any other proceeding) of
         any other Person or Persons;

                  (iii) demand, protest and notice of any kind (except as
         expressly required by this Indenture), including, but not limited to,
         notice of the existence, creation or incurrence of any new or
         additional indebtedness or obligation or of any action or non-action on
         the part of the Guarantors, the Company, the Subsidiaries of the
         Company, any Benefited Party, any creditor of the Guarantors, the
         Company or the Subsidiaries of the Company or on the part of any other
         Person whomsoever in connection with any obligations the performance of
         which are hereby guaranteed;

                  (iv)  any defense based upon an election of remedies by a
         Benefited Party, including but not limited to an election to proceed
         against the Guarantors for reimbursement;

                  (v)   any defense based upon any statute or rule of law which
         provides that the obligation of a surety must be neither larger in
         amount nor in other respects more burdensome than that of the
         principal;


                                       57
<PAGE>   65



                  (vi)  any defense arising because of a Benefited Party's
         election, in any proceeding instituted under the Bankruptcy Law, of the
         application of Section 1111(b)(2) of the Bankruptcy Law; and

                  (vii) any defense based on any borrowing or grant of a
         security interest under Section 364 of the Bankruptcy Law.

         (d) Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between such Guarantor, on
the one hand, and Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand:

                  (i)   for purposes of the relevant Guarantee, the maturity of
         the Obligations Guaranteed by such Guarantee may be accelerated as
         provided in Article VI, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other
         prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Obligations
         guaranteed thereby, and

                  (ii)  in the event of any acceleration of such Obligations
         (whether or not due and payable) such Obligations shall forthwith
         become due and payable by such Guarantor for purposes of such
         Guarantee.

         (e) The Guarantees shall continue to be effective or shall be
reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time any payment, or any part thereof,
of principal of or interest on any of the Notes is rescinded or must otherwise
be returned by the Holders or the Trustee upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or
reorganization of the Company or any of the Guarantors, all as though such
payment had not been made.

         (f) Each Guarantor shall be subrogated to all rights of the Holders
against the Company in respect of any amounts paid by such Guarantor pursuant to
the provisions of the Guarantees or this Indenture; provided, however, that a
Guarantor shall not be entitled to enforce or to receive any payments until the
principal of and interest on all Notes issued hereunder shall have been paid in
full.

         SECTION 10.02.  Obligations of Guarantors Unconditional.

         Each Guarantor agrees that its Obligations hereunder shall be
Guarantees of payment and shall be unconditional, irrespective of and unaffected
by the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, or
of any amendment thereto or hereto, the absence of any action to enforce the
same, the waiver or consent by any Holder or by the Trustee with respect to any
provisions thereof or of this Indenture, the entry of any judgment against the
Company or any other Guarantor or any action to enforce the same or any other
circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or
defense of a guarantor.

         SECTION 10.03.  Limitation on Guarantors' Liability.


                                     58
<PAGE>   66

         Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance hereof each Holder, confirms that
it is the intention of all such parties that the Guarantee by such Guarantor
pursuant to its Guarantee not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for
purposes of the Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the
Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law. To
effectuate the foregoing intention, the Holders and such Guarantor irrevocably
agree that the Obligations of such Guarantor under this Article X shall be
limited to the maximum amount as shall, after giving effect to all other
contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor and after giving effect to
any collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in
respect of the Obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article X, result
in the Obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee not constituting a
fraudulent transfer or conveyance under applicable federal or state law.

         SECTION 10.04.  Releases of Guarantees.

         (a) If the Notes of any tranche are defeased in accordance with the
terms of Article VIII of this Indenture, then each Guarantor shall be deemed to
have been released from and discharged of its obligations under its Guarantee as
provided in Article VIII hereof in respect of such Notes, subject to the
conditions stated therein.

         (b) In the event an entity that is a Guarantor ceases to be a guarantor
under the Principal Credit Facilities, such entity shall also cease to be a
Guarantor, whether or not a Default or an Event of Default is then outstanding.
In connection with any Guarantor ceasing to be a Guarantor hereunder, the
Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate certifying that a
Guarantor has ceased to be a guarantor under the Principal Credit Facilities (or
will cease to be a guarantor concurrently with it ceasing to be a Guarantor).
Upon delivery to the Trustee of such Officers' Certificate, upon the request of
the Company, the Trustee shall execute proper documents acknowledging the
release of such Guarantor from its obligations under the Indenture and the
Notes, effective upon the Guarantor ceasing to be a guarantor under the
Principal Credit Facilities.

         (c) Any Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Guarantee
shall remain liable for the full amount of principal of and interest on the
Notes and for the other obligations of the Company, such Guarantor and any other
Guarantor under this Indenture as provided in this Article X.

         SECTION 10.05.  Application of Certain Terms and Provisions to
Guarantors. 

         (a) For purposes of any provision of this Indenture which provides for
the delivery by any Guarantor of an Officers' Certificate or an Opinion of
Counsel or both, the definitions of such terms in Section 1.01 hereof shall
apply to such Guarantor as if references therein to the Company were references
to such Guarantor.


                                       59

<PAGE>   67



         (b) Any request, direction, order or demand which by any provision of
this Indenture is to be made by any Guarantor shall be sufficient if evidenced
by a written order of the Guarantor signed by one Officer of such Guarantor.

         (c) Any notice or demand which by any provision of this Indenture is
required or permitted to be given or served by the Trustee or by the Holders to
or on any Guarantor may be given or served as described in Section 11.02 hereof.

         (d) Upon any demand, request or application by any Guarantor to the
Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, such Guarantor shall furnish to
the Trustee such certificates and opinions as are required in Section 7.02
hereof as if all references therein to the Company were references to such
Guarantor.

         SECTION 10.06.  Additional Guarantors.

         The Company shall cause each subsidiary of the Company that becomes a
guarantor under the Principal Credit Facilities (including any subsidiary that
may have been formerly released as a Guarantor pursuant to Section 10.04), after
the Issue Date, to execute and deliver to the Trustee, promptly upon any such
formation or acquisition:

                  (i)  a supplemental indenture in form and substance
         satisfactory to the Trustee which subjects such subsidiary to the
         provisions of this Indenture as a Guarantor, and

                  (ii) an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such
         supplemental indenture has been duly authorized and executed by such
         subsidiary and constitutes the legally valid and binding obligation of
         such subsidiary (subject to exceptions concerning fraudulent conveyance
         laws, creditors' rights and equitable principles and other customary
         exceptions as may be acceptable to the Trustee in its discretion).


                                   ARTICLE XI

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

         SECTION 11.01.  Trust Indenture Act Controls.

         This Indenture is subject to the provisions of the TIA which are
required to be part of this Indenture, and shall, to the extent applicable, be
governed by such provisions.

         SECTION 11.02.  Notices.

                                     60

<PAGE>   68

         Any notice or communication to the Company, the Guarantors or the
Trustee is duly given if in writing and delivered in person or mailed by
first-class mail to the address set forth below:

         If to the Company or any Guarantor, addressed to the Company or such
Guarantor:

                  Lear Corporation
                  21557 Telegraph Road
                  Southfield, Michigan 48086-5008
                  Attention:  Chief Financial Officer

         with a copy to:

                  Winston & Strawn
                  35 West Wacker Drive
                  Chicago, Illinois 60601
                  Attention:  John L. MacCarthy, Esq.

         If to the Trustee:
                  The Bank of New York
                  101 Barclay Street
                  21st Floor
                  New York, New York  10286
                  Attention:  Corporate Trust Administration

The Company, the Guarantors or the Trustee by notice to the other may designate
additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

         Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by first-class
mail to his address shown on the Register kept by the Registrar. Failure to mail
a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in such notice or
communication shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.

         If a notice or communication is mailed or sent in the manner provided
above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee
receives it, except that notice to the Trustee shall only be effective upon
receipt thereof by the Trustee.

         If the Company or any Guarantor mails a notice or communication to
Holders, it shall mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.



                                       61

<PAGE>   69

         SECTION 11.03.  Communication by Holders with Other Holders.

         Holders may communicate pursuant to Section 312(b) of the TIA with
other Holders with respect to their rights under the Notes, the Guarantees or
this Indenture. The Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee, the Registrar and
anyone else shall have the protection of Section 312(c) of the TIA.


         SECTION 11.04.  Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.

         Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take
any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee:

                  (i)  an Officers' Certificate (which shall include the
         statements set forth in Section 11.05 hereof) stating that, in the
         opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any,
         provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have
         been complied with; and

                  (ii) an Opinion of Counsel (which shall include the statements
         set forth in Section 11.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such
         counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been complied
         with.

         SECTION 11.05.  Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.

         Each certificate (other than certificates provided pursuant to Section
4.04 hereof) or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant
provided for in this Indenture shall include:

                  (i)   a statement that each individual signing such 
         certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

                  (ii)  a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the
         examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions
         contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

                  (iii) a statement that, in the opinion of each such person, he
         or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to
         enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such
         covenant or condition has been complied with; and

                  (iv)  a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of each
         such person, such condition or covenant has been complied with;
         provided, however, that with respect to matters of fact, an Opinion of
         Counsel may rely on an Officers' Certificate or certificate of public
         officials.



                                       62
<PAGE>   70

         SECTION 11.06.  Rules by Trustee and Agents.

         The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or for a meeting of
Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set
reasonable requirements for its functions.

         SECTION 11.07.  Legal Holidays.

         A "Legal Holiday" is a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking
institutions in The City of New York are not required or authorized to be open.
If a payment date is a Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment may be made
at that place on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no
interest shall accrue for the intervening period.

         SECTION 11.08.  Duplicate Originals.

         The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. One signed
copy is enough to prove this Indenture.

         SECTION 11.09.  GOVERNING LAW.

         THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE GUARANTEES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND
CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

         SECTION 11.10.  No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.

         This Indenture may not be used to interpret another indenture, loan or
debt agreement of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. Any such indenture,
loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

         SECTION 11.11.  Successors.

         All agreements of the Company under the Notes and this Indenture and of
the Guarantors under the Guarantees and this Indenture shall bind their
respective successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall
bind its successor.

         SECTION 11.12.  Severability.

         In case any provision in the Notes or in the Guarantees or in this
Indenture is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and
enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or
impaired thereby.


                                     63


<PAGE>   71



         SECTION 11.13.  Counterpart Originals.

         This Indenture may be signed in one or more counterparts. Each signed
copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same
agreement.


                              LEAR CORPORATION                                
                                                                              
                                                                              
                              By:    /s/ Joseph F. McCarthy                   
                                     -----------------------------------------
                              Name:  Joseph F. McCarthy                       
                              Title: Vice President, General Counsel and      
                                     Secretary                                
                                                                              
                              Dated: May 18, 1999                             
                                                                              
                                                                              
                              LEAR OPERATIONS CORPORATION                     
                                                                              
                                                                              
                              By:    /s/ Joseph F. McCarthy                   
                                     -----------------------------------------
                              Name:  Joseph F. McCarthy                       
                              Title: Vice President, Secretary and            
                                     General Counsel                          
                                                                              
                              Dated: May 18, 1999                             
                                                                              
                                                                              
                              LEAR CORPORATION AUTOMOTIVE HOLDINGS            
                                                                              
                                                                              
                              By:    /s/ Joseph F. McCarthy                   
                                     -----------------------------------------
                              Name:  Joseph F. McCarthy                       
                              Title: Vice President and Secretary             
                                                                              
                              Dated: May 18, 1999                             
                                                                              
                                                                              
                                                                              
                              THE BANK OF NEW YORK, as Trustee                
                                                                              
                                                                              
                              By:    /s/ Remo Reale                           
                                     -----------------------------------------
                              Name:  Remo Reale                               
                              Title:                                          
                                                                              
                              Dated: May 18, 1999                             
                                                                              
                                                                              
                                       64                                     


<PAGE>   72



                                                                       EXHIBIT A

                               [Form of 2005 Note]


                                 [FACE OF NOTE]

         UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF
THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY ("DTC") TO LEAR CORPORATION OR ITS AGENT FOR
REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS
REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY
AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT HEREON IS MADE TO CEDE &
CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF
DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO
ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL SINCE THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN
INTEREST HEREIN.(1)

         THE NOTE EVIDENCED HEREBY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED
STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"), OR ANY STATE
SECURITIES LAWS, AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED
STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS EXCEPT AS SET FORTH
IN THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS
THAT (A) IT IS A "QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER" (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT) OR (B) IT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL "ACCREDITED INVESTOR" (AS
DEFINED IN RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) (AN
"INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR") OR (C) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS
ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT; (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT, PRIOR TO EXPIRATION OF
THE HOLDING PERIOD APPLICABLE TO SALES OF THE NOTE EVIDENCED HEREBY UNDER RULE
144(k) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (OR ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISION), RESELL OR
OTHERWISE TRANSFER THE NOTE EVIDENCED HEREBY EXCEPT (A) TO LEAR CORPORATION OR
ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE
WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED
INVESTOR THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES TO THE BANK OF NEW YORK, AS
TRUSTEE (OR A SUCCESSOR TRUSTEE, AS APPLICABLE), A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING
CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER
OF THE NOTE EVIDENCED HEREBY(THE FORM OF WHICH LETTER CAN BE OBTAINED FROM SUCH
TRUSTEE


- --------
         (1) This legend should be included only if the Note is issued in global
form.


                                       A-1

<PAGE>   73



OR A SUCCESSOR TRUSTEE, AS APPLICABLE), AND, IF SUCH TRANSFER IS IN RESPECT OF
AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOTES AT THE TIME OF TRANSFER OF LESS THAN
$250,000, AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO LEAR CORPORATION THAT SUCH
TRANSFER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT, (D) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES
IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) PURSUANT TO THE
EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF
AVAILABLE) OR (F) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BEEN DECLARED
EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (AND WHICH CONTINUES TO BE EFFECTIVE AT THE
TIME OF SUCH TRANSFER) AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL DELIVER TO EACH PERSON TO
WHOM THE NOTE EVIDENCED HEREBY IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE
EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER OF THE NOTE EVIDENCED
HEREBY PRIOR TO EXPIRATION OF THE HOLDING PERIOD APPLICABLE TO SALES OF THE NOTE
EVIDENCED HEREBY UNDER RULE 144(k) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (OR ANY SUCCESSOR
PROVISION), THE HOLDER MUST CHECK THE APPROPRIATE BOX SET FORTH ON THE REVERSE
HEREOF RELATING TO THE MANNER OF SUCH TRANSFER AND SUBMIT THIS CERTIFICATE TO
THE BANK OF NEW YORK, AS TRUSTEE (OR A SUCCESSOR TRUSTEE, AS APPLICABLE). IF THE
PROPOSED TRANSFEREE IS AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR OR A PURCHASER WHO
IS NOT A U.S. PERSON, THE HOLDER MUST, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISH TO THE
BANK OF NEW YORK, AS TRUSTEE (OR A SUCCESSOR TRUSTEE, AS APPLICABLE), SUCH
CERTIFICATIONS, LEGAL OPINIONS OR OTHER INFORMATION AS IT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE
TO CONFIRM THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS BEING MADE PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN
A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES
ACT. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS "OFFSHORE TRANSACTION", "UNITED STATES" AND "U.S.
PERSON" HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES
ACT.(2)




- ------------
    (2) This legend should be included only as set forth in Section 2.02(a)
        of the Indenture.


                                       A-2

<PAGE>   74
 
                                LEAR CORPORATION

                     7.96% [Series B]3 Senior Note due 2005

                                                               CUSIP
No.                                                                   $



         LEAR CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the "Company", which term
includes any successor under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value
received, promises to pay to                               , or its registered 
assigns, the principal sum of                       U.S. Dollars ($          ) 
on May 15, 2005.

         Interest Payment Dates:  May 15 and November 15, commencing 
November 15, 1999

         Regular Record Dates:  May 1 and November 1

         Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Note set
forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes
have the same effect as if set forth at this place.


- ------------
    (3)  Include only for the Exchange Notes.


                                       A-3

<PAGE>   75



         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be executed
manually or by facsimile by its duly authorized officers.


Dated:                                      LEAR CORPORATION


                                            By:
                                                -----------------------------
                                                Name:
                                                Title:


                                            By:
                                                -----------------------------
                                                Name:
                                                Title:




Trustee's Certificate of Authentication

This is one of the 7.96% Senior Notes due 2005 
referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.


THE BANK OF NEW YORK,
as Trustee

By:
    -----------------------------
    Authorized Signatory


Date:



                                       A-4

<PAGE>   76



                             [REVERSE SIDE OF NOTE]

                                LEAR CORPORATION

                     7.96% [Series B]4 Senior Note due 2005

         Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meanings
assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

1.       Principal and Interest.

         Lear Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company") promises to
pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at a rate of 7.96% per annum
from the date of issuance until repayment at maturity or redemption. The Company
will pay interest semiannually on May 15 and November 15 of each year (each, an
"Interest Payment Date"), commencing November 15, 1999. Interest on the Notes
will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no
interest has been paid, from the Issue Date. Interest will be computed on the
basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

         The Company shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any
proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any,
from time to time on demand, to the extent permitted by law, at the rate borne
by this Note; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any
proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest
(without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at
the same rate to the extent permitted by law.

         In accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement dated
May 18, 1999 among the Company, the Guarantors and Morgan Stanley & Co.
Incorporated, Salomon Smith Barney Inc., Chase Securities Inc., Credit Suisse
First Boston Corporation, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., NationsBanc Montgomery
Securities LLC, Scotia Capital Markets (USA) Inc. and TD Securities (USA) Inc.,
the annual interest rate borne by the Initial Notes shall be increased by 0.25%
from the rate shown above ("Additional Interest") on (A) September 16, 1999 if
neither an exchange offer registration statement (the "Exchange Offer
Registration Statement") nor shelf registration statement (the "Shelf
Registration Statement") is filed prior to or on September 15, 1999, (B)
December 15, 1999 if neither the Exchange Offer Registration Statement nor Shelf
Registration Statement is declared effective by the Securities and Exchange
Commission prior to or on December 14, 1999, (C) the 31st Business Day after the
date on which the Exchange Offer Registration Statement was declared effective
if the Company has not exchanged Exchange Notes for all Initial Notes validly
tendered in accordance with the terms of an exchange offer (the "Exchange
Offer") prior to or on 30 Business days after such effective the date, or (D) if
applicable, the day the Shelf Registration Statement ceases to be effective if
the 


- ---------------
    (4) Include only for the Exchange Notes.


                                       A-5

<PAGE>   77

Shelf Registration Statement has been declared effective but then ceases to be
effective at any time prior to the expiration of the holding period referred to
in Rule 144(k). Any amount of Additional Interest will be payable in cash
semiannually, in arrears, on each Interest Payment Date and will cease to accrue
on the date (1) the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf Registration
Statement is filed, in the case of (A) above, (2) the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective, in
the case of (B) above, and (3) the Exchange Notes are exchanged for all Initial
Notes validly tendered in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Offer, in
the case of (C) above, or (4) the Shelf Registration Statement which had ceased
to remain effective prior to the expiration of the holding period referred to in
Rule 144(k) is declared effective, in the case of (D) above. The Holder of this
Note is entitled to the benefits of such Registration Rights Agreement.
References herein to interest include any Additional Interest.

         Notwithstanding any other provision of the Indenture or this Note: (i)
accrued and unpaid interest on the Initial Notes being exchanged in the Exchange
Offer shall be due and payable on the next Interest Payment Date for the
Exchange Notes following the Exchange Offer and shall be paid to the Holder on
the relevant record date of the Exchange Notes issued in respect of the Initial
Notes being exchanged, (ii) interest on the Initial Notes being exchanged in the
Exchange Offer shall cease to accrue on the date of completion of the Exchange
Offer and interest on the Exchange Notes to be issued in the Exchange Offer
shall accrue from the date of completion of the Exchange Offer and (iii) the
Exchange Notes shall have no provisions for Additional Interest.

2.       Method of Payment.

         The Company will pay interest on the principal amount of the Notes as
provided above on each Interest Payment Date, commencing November 15, 1999, to
the persons which are Holders (as reflected in the Register at the close of
business on the May 1 or November 1 immediately preceding the Interest Payment
Date), in each case, even if the Note is cancelled on registration of transfer
or registration of exchange after such record date; provided that, with respect
to the payment of principal, the Company will make payment to the Holder that
surrenders this Note to a Paying Agent on or after May 15, 2005.

         The Company will pay principal, premium, if any, and interest in money
of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of
public and private debts. If a payment date is a date other than a Business Day
at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding
day that is a Business Day and no interest shall accrue for the intervening
period.

         Principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on, Physical Notes will
be payable, and Physical Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or
exchange, at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose.
Principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on, Global Notes will be payable
by the Company through the Trustee to the Depositary in immediately available
funds. Holders of Physical Notes will be entitled to receive interest payments
by wire transfer in immediately available funds if appropriate wire transfer
instructions 

                                       A-6

<PAGE>   78


have been received in writing by the Trustee not less than 15 days prior to the
applicable Interest Payment Date. Such wire instructions, upon receipt by the
Trustee, shall remain in effect until revoked by such Holder. If wire
instructions have not been received by the Trustee with respect to any Holder of
a Physical Note, payment of interest may be made by check in immediately
available funds mailed to such Holder at the address set forth upon the Register
maintained by the Registrar.

3.       Paying Agent and Registrar.

         Initially, The Bank of New York, the Trustee under the Indenture, will
act as Paying Agent and the Registrar. The Company may change the Paying Agent
or transfer agent without notice to any Holder. The Company, any Subsidiary of
the Company or any Affiliate of any of them may act as a Paying Agent or a
transfer agent, subject to certain limitations.

4.       Indenture.

         The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of May 15,
1999 (the "Indenture"), among the Company, the Guarantors and The Bank of New
York, as trustee (the "Trustee"). The terms of the Notes include those stated in
the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust
Indenture Act of 1939, as amended ("TIA"). The Notes are subject to all such
terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of
all such terms. To the extent permitted by applicable law, in the event of any
inconsistency between the terms of this Note and the terms of the Indenture, the
terms of the Indenture shall control.

5.       Guarantees.

         The Notes are guaranteed by the Guarantors, subject to the release of
such guarantees under certain circumstances, as provided in the Indenture.

6.       Optional Redemption.

         The Notes will be redeemable, in whole or in part, upon not less than
30 nor more than 60 days' notice, at any time at the option of the Company, at
the Redemption Price equal to the greater of: (i) 100% of the principal amount
of such Notes and (ii) the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled
payments of principal and unpaid interest on the Notes being redeemed from the
Redemption Date to the maturity date discounted to the Redemption Date on a
semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months)
at the Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points, plus in each case any interest
accrued but not paid to the Redemption Date.

         Notes in original denominations larger than $1,000 may be redeemed in
part. On and after the Redemption Date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or
portions of Notes called for redemption, unless the Company defaults in the
payment of the Redemption Price.


                                       A-7

<PAGE>   79



7.       Mandatory Redemption

         The Company shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or
sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

8.       Denominations; Transfer; Exchange.

         The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of
$1,000 of principal amount and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. A
Holder may register the transfer or exchange of Notes in accordance with the
Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish
appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a
Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture.
The Registrar need not register the transfer or exchange of any Notes selected
for redemption. Also, it need not register the transfer or exchange of any Notes
for a period beginning at the opening of business 15 Business Days before the
day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and
ending at the close of business on the day of selection.

9.       Persons Deemed Owners.

         The registered Holder of a Note shall be treated as its owner for all
purposes.

10.      Unclaimed Money.

         If money for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest
remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee and the Paying Agent will pay the
money back to the Company at its request. After that, Holders entitled to the
money must look to the Company for payment, unless an abandoned property law
designates another Person, and all liability of the Trustee and such Paying
Agent with respect to such money shall cease.

11.      Discharge Prior to Redemption or Maturity.

         Subject to certain conditions contained in the Indenture, at any time
some or all of the obligations under the Notes, the Guarantees and the Indenture
may be terminated if the Company deposits with the Trustee money and/or U.S.
Government Obligations sufficient to pay the principal of, and premium, if any,
and interest on, the Notes to redemption or stated maturity, as the case may be.

12.      Amendment; Supplement; Waiver.

         Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture, the Notes and the
Guarantees may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at
least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, and any
existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of the
Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of at least
a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. Without 


                                       A-8

<PAGE>   80



notice to or the consent of any Holder, the parties thereto may amend or
supplement the Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees to, among other things,
cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency and make any change that does not
materially and adversely affect the rights of any Holder.

13.      Restrictive Covenants.

         The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability of the Company
and its Restricted Subsidiaries, among other things, to create liens and engage
in sale and lease-back transactions. In addition, the Indenture imposes certain
limitations on the ability of the Company to engage in mergers and
consolidations or transfers of all or substantially all of its assets. The
Indenture requires the Company to deliver to the Trustee an Officers'
Certificate within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year stating whether or
not the signers thereof know of any Default or Event of Default under such
restrictive covenants.

14.      Defaults and Remedies.

         The Indenture provides that each of the following events constitutes an
Event of Default with respect to this Note: (i) failure to pay principal of any
Note when it becomes due and payable at stated maturity, upon acceleration,
redemption or otherwise; (ii) failure to pay interest on any Note when it
becomes due and payable and such Default continues for a period of 30 days;
(iii) failure to comply with any of the other agreements or covenants under the
Indenture, which failure is not cured within 30 days after notice is given as
specified in the Indenture; (iv) any Guarantee ceases to be in full force and
effect or any Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations under its
Guarantee, except, in each case, in connection with a release of a Guarantee in
accordance with the terms of this Indenture; (v) the nonpayment at maturity or
other default (beyond any applicable grace period) under any agreement or
instrument relating to any other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries (the unpaid principal amount of which is not less than $40
million), which default results in the acceleration of the maturity of such
Indebtedness prior to its stated maturity or occurs at the final maturity
thereof; (vi) the entry of any final judgment or orders against the Company or
any of its Subsidiaries in excess of $40 million individually or in the
aggregate (not covered by insurance) that is not paid, discharged or otherwise
stayed (by appeal or otherwise) within 60 days after the entry of such judgments
or orders; and (vii) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization
of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary.

         If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the principal amount
hereof may be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect
provided in the Indenture.

15.      Trustee Dealings with the Company.

         The Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other
capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from and perform services for the
Company or its Affiliates and may otherwise deal with the Company or its
Affiliates as if it were not the Trustee.



                                       A-9

<PAGE>   81



16.      No Recourse Against Others.

         A director, officer, employee, agent, manager, controlling person,
stockholder, incorporator or other Affiliate of the Company, as such, shall not
have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes or the
Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of, such
obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and
releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the
consideration for the issuance of the Notes.

17.      Authentication.

         This Note shall not be valid until the Trustee (or authenticating
agent) executes the certificate of authentication on the other side of this
Note.

18.      Abbreviations.

         Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an
assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the
entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as
tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian) and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors
Act).

19.      Additional Rights of Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities.

         In addition to the rights provided to Holders under the Indenture,
Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities shall have all the rights set forth in
the Registration Rights Agreement.

20.      CUSIP Numbers.

         Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform
Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be
printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of
redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the
accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any
notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification
numbers placed thereon.



21.      GOVERNING LAW.

         THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE
LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.


                                    A-10

<PAGE>   82




22.      Successor Corporation.

         In the event a successor corporation assumes all the obligations of the
Company under the Notes and the Indenture, pursuant to the terms thereof, the
Company will be released from all such obligations.








                                      A-11

<PAGE>   83
                                  ASSIGNMENT FORM


         To assign this Note, fill in the form below and have your signature
guaranteed: (I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 (Insert assignee's soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              (Print or type assignee's name, address and zip code)

and irrevocably appoint
to transfer this Note on the books of the Company.  The agent may substitute
another to act for him.


Dated:          Your Name:
      --------            ------------------------------------------------------
                (Print your name exactly as it appears on the face of this Note)

                Your Signature:
                               -------------------------------------------------
                (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

                Signature Guarantee*:
                                     -------------------------------------------








         * Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or
other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).



                                      A-12

<PAGE>   84



           [THE FOLLOWING PROVISION TO BE INCLUDED ON ALL NOTES OTHER
            THAN EXCHANGE NOTES, REGULATION S PERMANENT GLOBAL NOTES
                   AND UNLEGENDED REGULATION S PHYSICAL NOTES]

         In connection with any transfer of this Note occurring prior to the
date which is the earlier of the end of the period referred to in Rule 144(k)
under the Securities Act, the undersigned confirms that without utilizing any
general solicitation or general advertising that:

                                   [Check One]

[ ] (a) this Note is being transferred in compliance with the exemption from
    registration under the Securities Act of 1933 provided by Rule 144A
    thereunder.

                                       or

[ ] (b) this Note is being transferred other than in accordance with (a) above
    and documents are being furnished which comply with the conditions of
    transfer set forth in this Note and the Indenture.

If none of the foregoing boxes is checked, the Trustee or other Registrar shall
not be obligated to register this Note in the name of any Person other than the
Holder hereof unless and until the conditions to any such transfer of
registration set forth herein and in Section 2.09 of the Indenture shall have
been satisfied.


Date:                                                ---------------------------
     ------------                                    NOTICE: The signature to
                                                     this assignment must
                                                     correspond with the name as
                                                     written upon the face of
                                                     the within-mentioned
                                                     instrument in every
                                                     particular, without
                                                     alteration or any change
                                                     whatsoever.


                                                     Signature Guarantee:


                                                     ---------------------------
                                                
                                                     Signature must be
                                                     guaranteed by a participant
                                                     in a recognized signature
                                                     guaranty medallion program
                                                     or other signature
                                                     guarantor acceptable to the
                                                     Trustee.


TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (a) ABOVE IS CHECKED.



                                      A-13

<PAGE>   85



         The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note
for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole
investment discretion, in each case for investment and not with a view to
distribution, and that it and any such account is a "Qualified Institutional
Buyer" within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933 and is
aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and
acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the
undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request
such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the
undersigned's foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from
registration provided by Rule 144A.


Dated:                           -----------------------------------------
       ---------------------     NOTICE:  To be executed by an executive officer


                                      A-14

<PAGE>   86

                    SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF DEFINITIVE NOTE(5)


                  The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for
Physical Notes have been made:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        Principal Amount of this     Signature of
                         Amount of decrease in   Amount of increase in        Global Note        authorized officer of
                          Principal Amount of     Principal Amount of   following such decrease     Trustee or Note
   Date of Exchange        this Global Note        this Global Note          (or increase)             Custodian
   ----------------        ----------------        ----------------          -------------             ---------
<S>                       <C>                    <C>                    <C>                      <C>

</TABLE>




- -------------
   (5) This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global 
       form.












                                      A-15
<PAGE>   87
                                                                       EXHIBIT B

                               [Form of 2009 Note]


                                 [FACE OF NOTE]

         UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF
THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY ("DTC") TO LEAR CORPORATION OR ITS AGENT FOR
REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS
REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY
AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT HEREON IS MADE TO CEDE &
CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF
DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO
ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL SINCE THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN
INTEREST HEREIN.(1)

         THE NOTE EVIDENCED HEREBY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED
STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"), OR ANY STATE
SECURITIES LAWS, AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED
STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS EXCEPT AS SET FORTH
IN THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS
THAT (A) IT IS A "QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER" (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT) OR (B) IT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL "ACCREDITED INVESTOR" (AS
DEFINED IN RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) (AN
"INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR") OR (C) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS
ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT; (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT, PRIOR TO EXPIRATION OF
THE HOLDING PERIOD APPLICABLE TO SALES OF THE NOTE EVIDENCED HEREBY UNDER RULE
144(k) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (OR ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISION), RESELL OR
OTHERWISE TRANSFER THE NOTE EVIDENCED HEREBY EXCEPT (A) TO LEAR CORPORATION OR
ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE
WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED
INVESTOR THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES TO THE BANK OF NEW YORK, AS
TRUSTEE (OR A SUCCESSOR TRUSTEE, AS APPLICABLE), A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING
CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER
OF THE NOTE EVIDENCED HEREBY (THE FORM OF WHICH LETTER CAN BE OBTAINED FROM SUCH
TRUSTEE OR A 




- --------------
         (1) This legend should be included only if the Note is issued in global
form.


                                       B-1

<PAGE>   88



SUCCESSOR TRUSTEE, AS APPLICABLE), AND, IF SUCH TRANSFER IS IN RESPECT OF
AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOTES AT THE TIME OF TRANSFER OF LESS THAN
$250,000, AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO LEAR CORPORATION THAT SUCH
TRANSFER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT, (D) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES
IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) PURSUANT TO THE
EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF
AVAILABLE) OR (F) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BEEN DECLARED
EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (AND WHICH CONTINUES TO BE EFFECTIVE AT THE
TIME OF SUCH TRANSFER) AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL DELIVER TO EACH PERSON TO
WHOM THE NOTE EVIDENCED HEREBY IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE
EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER OF THE NOTE EVIDENCED
HEREBY PRIOR TO EXPIRATION OF THE HOLDING PERIOD APPLICABLE TO SALES OF THE NOTE
EVIDENCED HEREBY UNDER RULE 144(k) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (OR ANY SUCCESSOR
PROVISION), THE HOLDER MUST CHECK THE APPROPRIATE BOX SET FORTH ON THE REVERSE
HEREOF RELATING TO THE MANNER OF SUCH TRANSFER AND SUBMIT THIS CERTIFICATE TO
THE BANK OF NEW YORK, AS TRUSTEE (OR A SUCCESSOR TRUSTEE, AS APPLICABLE). IF THE
PROPOSED TRANSFEREE IS AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR OR A PURCHASER WHO
IS NOT A U.S. PERSON, THE HOLDER MUST, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISH TO THE
BANK OF NEW YORK, AS TRUSTEE (OR A SUCCESSOR TRUSTEE, AS APPLICABLE), SUCH
CERTIFICATIONS, LEGAL OPINIONS OR OTHER INFORMATION AS IT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE
TO CONFIRM THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS BEING MADE PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN
A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES
ACT. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS "OFFSHORE TRANSACTION", "UNITED STATES" AND "U.S.
PERSON" HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES
ACT.(2)

- --------------
         (2) This legend should be included only as set forth in Section 2.02(a)
of the Indenture.


                                       B-2

<PAGE>   89



                                LEAR CORPORATION

                    8.11% [Series B](3) Senior Note due 2009

                                                                CUSIP
                                                                                
No.                                                                  $
                                                                             


         LEAR CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the "Company", which term
includes any successor under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value
received, promises to pay to                      , or its registered assigns, 
the principal sum of          U.S. Dollars ($                 ) on May 15, 2009.

         Interest Payment Dates:  May 15 and November 15, commencing November 
15, 1999

         Regular Record Dates:  May 1 and November 1

         Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Note set
forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes
have the same effect as if set forth at this place.


- --------------
         (3)  Include only for the Exchange Notes.


                                       B-3

<PAGE>   90
         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be executed
manually or by facsimile by its duly authorized officers.


Dated:                              LEAR CORPORATION


                                    By:
                                       --------------------------------------
                                       Name:
                                       Title:

                                    By:
                                       --------------------------------------
                                        Name:
                                        Title:



Trustee's Certificate of Authentication

This is one of the 8.11% Senior Notes due 2009 
referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.


THE BANK OF NEW YORK,
as Trustee

By:
   ----------------------------------------------
                 Authorized Signatory


Date:

                                       B-4

<PAGE>   91



                             [REVERSE SIDE OF NOTE]

                                LEAR CORPORATION

                     8.11% [Series B](4) Senior Note due 2009

         Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meanings
assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

1.       Principal and Interest.

         Lear Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company") promises to
pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at a rate of 8.11% per annum
from the date of issuance until repayment at maturity or redemption. The Company
will pay interest semiannually on May 15 and November 15 of each year (each, an
"Interest payment Date"), commencing November 15, 1999. Interest on the Notes
will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no
interest has been paid, from the Issue Date. Interest will be computed on the
basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

         The Company shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any
proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any,
from time to time on demand, to the extent permitted by law, at the rate borne
by this Note; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any
proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest
(without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at
the same rate to the extent permitted by law.

         In accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement dated
May 18, 1999 among the Company, the Guarantors and Morgan Stanley & Co.
Incorporated, Salomon Smith Barney Inc., Chase Securities Inc., Credit Suisse
First Boston Corporation, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., NationsBanc Montgomery
Securities LLC, Scotia Capital Markets (USA) Inc. and TD Securities (USA) Inc.,
the annual interest rate borne by the Initial Notes shall be increased by 0.25%
from the rate shown above ("Additional Interest") on (A) September 16, 1999 if
neither an exchange offer registration statement (the "Exchange Offer
Registration Statement") nor shelf registration statement (the "Shelf
Registration Statement") is filed prior to or on September 15, 1999, (B)
December 15, 1999 if neither the Exchange Offer Registration Statement nor Shelf
Registration Statement is declared effective by the Securities and Exchange
Commission prior to or on December 14, 1999, (C) the 31st Business Day after the
date on which the Exchange Offer Registration Statement was declared effective
if the Company has not exchanged Exchange Notes for all Initial Notes validly
tendered in accordance with the terms of an exchange offer (the "Exchange
Offer") prior to or on 30 days after such effective the date, or (D) if
applicable, the day the Shelf Registration Statement ceases to be effective if
the Shelf 


- --------------
         (4)  Include only for the Exchange Notes.


                                       B-5

<PAGE>   92


Registration Statement has been declared effective but then ceases to be
effective at any time prior to the expiration of the holding period referred to
in Rule 144(k). Any amount of Additional Interest will be payable in cash
semiannually, in arrears, on each Interest Payment Date and will cease to accrue
on the date (1) the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf Registration
Statement is filed, in the case of (A) above, (2) the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective, in
the case of (B) above, and (3) the Exchange Notes are exchanged for all Initial
Notes validly tendered in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Offer, in
the case of (C) above, or (4) the Shelf Registration Statement which had ceased
to remain effective prior to the expiration of the holding period referred to in
Rule 144(k) is declared effective, in the case of (D) above. References herein
to interest include any Additional Interest. The Holder of this Note is entitled
to the benefits of such Registration Rights Agreement.

         Notwithstanding any other provision of the Indenture or this Note: (i)
accrued and unpaid interest on the Initial Notes being exchanged in the Exchange
Offer shall be due and payable on the next Interest Payment Date for the
Exchange Notes following the Exchange Offer and shall be paid to the Holder on
the relevant record date of the Exchange Notes issued in respect of the Initial
Notes being exchanged, (ii) interest on the Initial Notes being exchanged in the
Exchange Offer shall cease to accrue on the date of completion of the Exchange
Offer and interest on the Exchange Notes to be issued in the Exchange Offer
shall accrue from the date of completion of the Exchange Offer and (iii) the
Exchange Notes shall have no provisions for Additional Interest".

2.       Method of Payment.

         The Company will pay interest on the principal amount of the Notes as
provided above on each Interest Payment Date, commencing November 15, 1999, to
the persons which are Holders (as reflected in the Register at the close of
business on the May 1 or November 1 immediately preceding the Interest Payment
Date), in each case, even if the Note is cancelled on registration of transfer
or registration of exchange after such record date; provided that, with respect
to the payment of principal, the Company will make payment to the Holder that
surrenders this Note to a Paying Agent on or after May 15, 2009.

         The Company will pay principal, premium, if any, and interest in money
of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of
public and private debts. If a payment date is a date other than a Business Day
at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding
day that is a Business Day and no interest shall accrue for the intervening
period.

         Principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on, Physical Notes will
be payable, and Physical Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or
exchange, at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose.
Principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on, Global Notes will be payable
by the Company through the Trustee to the Depositary in immediately available
funds. Holders of Physical Notes will be entitled to receive interest 

                                       B-6

<PAGE>   93


payments by wire transfer in immediately available funds if appropriate wire
transfer instructions have been received in writing by the Trustee not less than
15 days prior to the applicable Interest Payment Date. Such wire instructions,
upon receipt by the Trustee, shall remain in effect until revoked by such
Holder. If wire instructions have not been received by the Trustee with respect
to any Holder of a Physical Note, payment of interest may be made by check in
immediately available funds mailed to such Holder at the address set forth upon
the Register maintained by the Registrar.

3.       Paying Agent and Registrar.

         Initially, The Bank of New York, the Trustee under the Indenture, will
act as Paying Agent and the Registrar. The Company may change the Paying Agent
or transfer agent without notice to any Holder. The Company, any Subsidiary of
the Company or any Affiliate of any of them may act as a Paying Agent or a
transfer agent, subject to certain limitations.

4.       Indenture.

         The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of May 15,
1999 (the "Indenture"), among the Company, the Guarantors and The Bank of New
York, as trustee (the "Trustee"). The terms of the Notes include those stated in
the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust
Indenture Act of 1939, as amended ("TIA"). The Notes are subject to all such
terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of
all such terms. To the extent permitted by applicable law, in the event of any
inconsistency between the terms of this Note and the terms of the Indenture, the
terms of the Indenture shall control.

5.       Guarantees.

         The Notes are guaranteed by the Guarantors, subject to the release of
such guarantees under certain circumstances, as provided in the Indenture.

6.       Optional Redemption.

         The Notes will be redeemable, in whole or in part, upon not less than
30 nor more than 60 days' notice, at any time at the option of the Company, at
the Redemption Price equal to the greater of: (i) 100% of the principal amount
of such Notes and (ii) the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled
payments of principal and unpaid interest on the Notes being redeemed from the
Redemption Date to the maturity date discounted to the Redemption Date on a
semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months)
at the Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points, plus, in each case, any interest
accrued but not paid to the Redemption Date.

                                       B-7


<PAGE>   94

         Notes in original denominations larger than $1,000 may be redeemed in
part. On and after the Redemption Date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or
portions of Notes called for redemption, unless the Company defaults in the
payment of the Redemption Price.

7.       Mandatory Redemption

         The Company shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or
sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

8.       Denominations; Transfer; Exchange.

         The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of
$1,000 of principal amount and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. A
Holder may register the transfer or exchange of Notes in accordance with the
Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish
appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a
Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture.
The Registrar need not register the transfer or exchange of any Notes selected
for redemption. Also, it need not register the transfer or exchange of any Notes
for a period beginning at the opening of business 15 Business Days before the
day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and
ending at the close of business on the day of selection.

9.       Persons Deemed Owners.

         The registered Holder of a Note shall be treated as its owner for all
purposes.

10.      Unclaimed Money.

         If money for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest
remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee and the Paying Agent will pay the
money back to the Company at its request. After that, Holders entitled to the
money must look to the Company for payment, unless an abandoned property law
designates another Person, and all liability of the Trustee and such Paying
Agent with respect to such money shall cease.

11.      Discharge Prior to Redemption or Maturity.

         Subject to certain conditions contained in the Indenture, at any time
some or all of the obligations under the Notes, the Guarantees and the Indenture
may be terminated if the Company deposits with the Trustee money and/or U.S.
Government Obligations sufficient to pay the principal of, and premium, if any,
and interest on, the Notes to redemption or stated maturity, as the case may be.


                                      B-8



<PAGE>   95

12.      Amendment; Supplement; Waiver.

         Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture, the Notes and the
Guarantees may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at
least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, and any
existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of the
Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of at least
a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. Without notice to
or the consent of any Holder, the parties thereto may amend or supplement the
Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees to, among other things, cure any
ambiguity, defect or inconsistency and make any change that does not materially
and adversely affect the rights of any Holder.

13.      Restrictive Covenants.

         The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability of the Company
and its Restricted Subsidiaries, among other things, to create liens and engage
in sale and lease-back transactions. In addition, the Indenture imposes certain
limitations on the ability of the Company to engage in mergers and
consolidations or transfers of all or substantially all of its assets. The
Indenture requires the Company to deliver to the Trustee an Officers'
Certificate within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year stating whether or
not the signers thereof know of any Default or Event of Default under such
restrictive covenants.

14.      Defaults and Remedies.

         The Indenture provides that each of the following events constitutes an
Event of Default with respect to this Note: (i) failure to pay principal of any
Note when it becomes due and payable at stated maturity, upon acceleration,
redemption or otherwise; (ii) failure to pay interest on any Note when it
becomes due and payable and such Default continues for a period of 30 days;
(iii) failure to comply with any of the other agreements or covenants under the
Indenture, which failure is not cured within 30 days after notice is given as
specified in the Indenture; (iv) any Guarantee ceases to be in full force and
effect or any Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations under its
Guarantee, except, in each case, in connection with a release of a Guarantee in
accordance with the terms of this Indenture; (v) the nonpayment at maturity or
other default (beyond any applicable grace period) under any agreement or
instrument relating to any other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries (the unpaid principal amount of which is not less than $40
million), which default results in the acceleration of the maturity of such
Indebtedness prior to its stated maturity or occurs at the final maturity
thereof; (vi) the entry of any final judgment or orders against the Company or
any of its Subsidiaries in excess of $40 million individually or in the
aggregate (not covered by insurance) that is not paid, discharged or otherwise
stayed (by appeal or otherwise) within 60 days after the entry of such judgments
or orders; and (vii) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization
of the Company "or any Significant Subsidiary.


                                       B-9

<PAGE>   96

         If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the principal amount
hereof may be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect
provided in the Indenture.

15.      Trustee Dealings with the Company.

         The Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other
capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from and perform services for the
Company or its Affiliates and may otherwise deal with the Company or its
Affiliates as if it were not the Trustee.

16.      No Recourse Against Others.

         A director, officer, employee, agent, manager, controlling person,
stockholder, incorporator or other Affiliate of the Company, as such, shall not
have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes or the
Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of, such
obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and
releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the
consideration for the issuance of the Notes.

17.      Authentication.

         This Note shall not be valid until the Trustee (or authenticating
agent) executes the certificate of authentication on the other side of this
Note.

18.      Abbreviations.

         Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an
assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the
entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as
tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian) and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors
Act).

19.      Additional Rights of Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities.

         In addition to the rights provided to Holders under the Indenture,
Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities shall have all the rights set forth in
the Registration Rights Agreement.

20.      CUSIP Numbers.

         Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform
Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be
printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of
redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the
accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any
notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification
numbers placed thereon.

                                      B-10

<PAGE>   97

21.      GOVERNING LAW.

         THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE
LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

22.      Successor Corporation.

         In the event a successor corporation assumes all the obligations of the
Company under the Notes and the Indenture, pursuant to the terms thereof, the
Company will be released from all such obligations.

                                      B-11

<PAGE>   98
                                 ASSIGNMENT FORM


         To assign this Note, fill in the form below and have your signature
guaranteed: (I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  (Insert assignee's soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              (Print or type assignee's name, address and zip code)

and irrevocably appoint                                                     to 
transfer this Note on the books of the Company.  The agent may substitute 
another to act for him.


Dated:                          Your Name:
       -----------------                  --------------------------------------
                                (Print your name exactly as it appears on the 
                                face of this Note)

                                Your Signature:
                                               ---------------------------------
                                (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face 
                                of this Note)

                                Signature Guarantee*:
                                                     ---------------------------











         * Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or
other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).




                                      B-12

<PAGE>   99



           [THE FOLLOWING PROVISION TO BE INCLUDED ON ALL NOTES OTHER
            THAN EXCHANGE NOTES, REGULATION S PERMANENT GLOBAL NOTES
                   AND UNLEGENDED REGULATION S PHYSICAL NOTES]

         In connection with any transfer of this Note occurring prior to the
date which is the earlier of the end of the period referred to in Rule 144(k)
under the Securities Act, the undersigned confirms that without utilizing any
general solicitation or general advertising that:

                                   [Check One]

[  ] (a) this Note is being transferred in compliance with the exemption
         from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 provided by Rule
         144A thereunder.

                                       or

[  ] (b) this Note is being transferred other than in accordance with (a)
         above and documents are being furnished which comply with the
         conditions of transfer set forth in this Note and the Indenture.

If none of the foregoing boxes is checked, the Trustee or other Registrar shall
not be obligated to register this Note in the name of any Person other than the
Holder hereof unless and until the conditions to any such transfer of
registration set forth herein and in Section 2.09 of the Indenture shall have
been satisfied.

Date:
      -------------------                  ------------------------------------
                                           NOTICE: The signature to this
                                           assignment must correspond with the
                                           name as written upon the face of the
                                           within-mentioned instrument in every
                                           particular, without alteration or any
                                           change whatsoever.


                                           Signature Guarantee:



                                           ------------------------------------

                                           Signature must be guaranteed by a
                                           participant in a recognized signature
                                           guaranty medallion program or other
                                           signature guarantor acceptable to the
                                           Trustee.



                                      B-13

<PAGE>   100



TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (a) ABOVE IS CHECKED.

         The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note
for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole
investment discretion, in each case for investment and not with a view to
distribution, and that it and any such account is a "Qualified Institutional
Buyer" within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933 and is
aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and
acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the
undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request
such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the
undersigned's foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from
registration provided by Rule 144A.

Dated:
      -------------------------         ----------------------------------------
                                        NOTICE:  To be executed by an executive 
                                                 officer

                                      B-14

<PAGE>   101



                    SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF DEFINITIVE NOTE(5)


         The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for Physical 
Notes have been made:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          Principal Amount of        Signature of
                         Amount of decrease in   Amount of increase in     this Global Note      authorized officer of
                          Principal Amount of     Principal Amount of       following such          Trustee or Note
   Date of Exchange        this Global Note        this Global Note     decrease (or increase)         Custodian
   ----------------        ----------------        ----------------     ----------------------         ---------
<S>                      <C>                     <C>                    <C>                      <C>          

</TABLE>

- --------------

         (5)  This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in 
global form.

                                      B-15

<PAGE>   102
                                                                       EXHIBIT C


                 [Form of Certificate to be Delivered By Holder
                          in Connection with Exchanging
  Regulation S Temporary Global Notes for Regulation S Permanent Global Notes]

                                                                          [Date]

The Bank of New York
101 Barclay Street
21st Floor
New York, New York  10286
Attention:  Corporate Trust Administration

                   Re:      Lear Corporation

Ladies and Gentlemen:

              This letter relates to U.S.$ aggregate principal amount of the
Company's [7.96% Senior Notes due 2005] [8.11% Senior Notes due 2009] (the
"Notes") represented by a Note (the "Legended Note") which bears a legend
outlining restrictions upon transfer of such Legended Note. Pursuant to Section
2.02(a) of the Indenture dated as of May 15, 1999 (the "Indenture") relating to
the Notes, we hereby certify that we are (or we will hold such securities on
behalf of) a person outside the United States to whom the Notes could be
transferred in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S promulgated under the
U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Accordingly, you are hereby requested
to exchange the legended certificate for an unlegended certificate representing
an identical principal amount of Notes, all in the manner provided for in the
Indenture.

              You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and
are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any
interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry
with respect to the matters covered hereby. Terms used in this certificate have
the meanings set forth in Regulation S.

                                Very truly yours,

                                [Name of Holder]


                                By:
                                   -----------------------------------------
                                            Authorized Signature

                                       C-1

<PAGE>   103
                                                                       EXHIBIT D



               [Form of Certificate to Be Delivered By Transferee
                         in Connection with Transfers to
           Institutional Accredited Investors Which Are Not Qualified
                             Institutional Buyers]


                                                                          [Date]


The Bank of New York
101 Barclay Street
21st Floor
New York, New York  10286
Attention:  Corporate Trust Administration

                   Re:      Lear Corporation

Ladies and Gentlemen:

              In connection with our proposed purchase of $          aggregate
principal amount of the Company's [7.96% Senior Notes due 2005] [8.11% Senior
Notes due 2009] (the "Notes") of Lear Corporation (the "Company"), we confirm
that:

              (1) We are an institutional "accredited investor" (as defined
         in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933, as
         amended (the "Securities Act")) and have such knowledge and experience
         in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the
         merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we and any
         accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic
         risk of our or their investment.

              (2) We are acquiring the Notes purchased by us for our own
         account or for one or more accounts (each of which is an institutional
         "accredited investor") as to each of which we exercise sole investment
         discretion.

              (3) We are not acquiring the Notes with a view to distribution
         thereof or with any present intention of offering or selling any Notes,
         except as permitted below; provided that the disposition of our
         property and the property of any accounts for which we are acting as
         fiduciary will remain at all times within our control.

              (4) We understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes is
         subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the
         Indenture dated as of May 15, 1999 (the "Indenture") relating to the
         Notes and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to


                                       D-1

<PAGE>   104



         resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes except in compliance
         with such restrictions and conditions and the Securities Act.

              (5) We understand that the offer and sale of the Notes have
         not been registered under the Securities Act, and that the Notes may
         not be offered or sold except as permitted in the following sentence.
         We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts for which we
         are acting as hereinafter stated, that if we should sell any Notes
         prior to the expiration of the holding period applicable to sales of
         the Notes under Rule 144(k) of the Securities Act, we will do so only
         (A) to the Company or any subsidiary thereof, (B) to a "Qualified
         Institutional Buyer" (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act)
         in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, (C) to an
         institutional "accredited investor" (as defined above) that, prior to
         such transfer, furnishes to you a signed letter substantially in the
         form of this letter and, if such transfer is in respect of an aggregate
         principal amount of less than $250,000, an opinion of counsel
         acceptable to the Company that such transfer is in compliance with the
         Securities Act, (D) outside the United States in accordance with Rule
         904 under the Securities Act, (E) pursuant to the exemption from
         registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act (if
         available) or (F) pursuant to a registration statement which has been
         declared effective under the Securities Act (and continues to be
         effective at the time of such transfer), and we further agree to
         provide to any person purchasing any of the Notes from us a notice
         advising such purchaser that resales of the Notes are restricted as
         stated herein.

              (6) We understand that, on any proposed resale of any Notes,
         we will be required to furnish to you and the Company such
         certifications, legal opinions and other information as you and the
         Company may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale
         complies with the foregoing restrictions. We further understand that
         the Notes purchased by us will be in certificated form and will bear a
         legend to the foregoing effect.

                  Each of the Company, the Trustee and the initial purchasers of
the Notes are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized
to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any
administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the
matters covered hereby.

                                   Very truly yours,


                                   By:
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                       Name:
                                       Title:


                             D-2

<PAGE>   105
                                                                       EXHIBIT E



               [Form of Certificate to Be Delivered by Transferor
             in Connection with Transfers Pursuant to Regulation S]


                                                                          [Date]

The Bank of New York
101 Barclay Street
21st Floor
New York, New York  10286
Attention:  Corporate Trust Administration

                   Re:      Lear Corporation


Ladies and Gentlemen:

              In connection with our proposed sale of U.S. $          aggregate 
principal amount of [7.96% Senior Notes due 2005] [8.11% Senior Notes due 2009]
(the "Notes") of Lear Corporation (the "Company"), we confirm that such sale has
been effected pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation S under the U.S.
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act") and, accordingly, we
represent that:

              (1) the offer of the Notes was not made to a person in the United
         States;

              (2) at the time the buy order was originated, the transferee was
         outside the United States or we and any person acting on our behalf
         reasonably believed that the transferee was outside the United States;

              (3) no directed selling efforts have been made by us in the United
         States in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule
         904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, as applicable; and

              (4) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the
         registration requirements of the Securities Act.



                                       E-1

<PAGE>   106


              Each of the Company, the Trustee and the initial purchasers of the
Notes are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to
produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any
administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the
matters covered hereby. Terms used in this certificate have the meanings set
forth in Regulation S under the Securities Act.


                         Very truly yours,


                         By:
                             --------------------------------------------------
                             Name:
                             Title:





                             E-2

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
<MULTIPLIER> 1000000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   3-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1998
<PERIOD-START>                             JAN-01-1998
<PERIOD-END>                                APR-3-1999
<CASH>                                              25
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                     1482
<ALLOWANCES>                                        14
<INVENTORY>                                        321
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                  2311
<PP&E>                                            1796
<DEPRECIATION>                                     613
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                    5784
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                             2635
<BONDS>                                           1412
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                             1
<OTHER-SE>                                        1296
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                      5784
<SALES>                                           2687
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                  2687
<CGS>                                             2469
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                     2469
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                     8
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                  30
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                     82
<INCOME-TAX>                                        32
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                                 50
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                        50
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                      .75
<EPS-DILUTED>                                      .75
        

</TABLE>

<PAGE>   1
FOR IMMEDIATE RELEASE
                                            MEDIA CONTACT:
                                            KAREN STEWART
                                            DIRECTOR - CORPORATE COMMUNICATIONS
                                            (248) 447-1651

                                            ANALYST CONTACT:
                                            JONATHAN PEISNER
                                            DIRECTOR - INVESTOR RELATIONS
                                            (248) 447-1624


                      LEAR CORPORATION ISSUES SENIOR NOTES

     SOUTHFIELD, MI, MAY 18,1999 - Lear Corporation (NYSE: LEA) today announced
that it has issued $1.4 billion aggregate principal amount of senior notes. The
private offering included $800 million of 10-year notes bearing interest at a
rate of 8.11% and $600 million of six-year notes bearing interest at a rate of
7.96%.

     The net proceeds from the sale of the senior notes were used to repay a
portion of the indebtedness under the Company's senior credit facilities which
was incurred to finance the Company's recent acquisition of UT Automotive.

     The senior notes have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended, and may not be offered or sold in the United States absent
registration under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws or
available exemptions from such registration requirements.

                                     # # #


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission